Home

TransForm A Workstation for Windows user`s manual

1. 3 55 3 Getting started On the Setting tab click Advanced to open the dialog box for the Barco graphic cards properties Click the Driver Options tab Default Monitor and BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 P X General Adapter Monitor Troubleshoot EJ Driver Options E wal Configuration Performance and Troubleshooting Options W Synchronize with graphics engine W Enable write combining FCI mapping cache size 64 MBytes Special Modes Enable orbiting with a period of seconds Grayscale mode Hardware Information Number of installed graphic channels 16 Type Digital Masimum number of PI mapping windows 2 Figure 3 61 Display Properties Driver Options UseDeviceBitmaps With this option selected device bitmaps off screen video memory are used Default selected Effective after rebooting Table 3 7 Applications can store bitmaps which are not longer displayed but should be recalled quickly in the video mem ory off screen video memory If you experience errors as display corruption or crashes and suspect that they could be related to the usage of device bitmaps or to the display driver in general turn this option off The simplest possibility to bypass all conflicts in storage management is to deactivate the use of device bitmaps However this will cause a decrease of graphic performance in most cases In general the
2. frgO frg4 frg16 frg23 frg21 frg8 frg12 14 0 15 0 18 0 19 3 19 1 16 0 17 0 frg1 frg5 fra17 frg9 frg13 1415 1 laa T98 fle faz frg19 frg2 frg6 l i fra22 frg10 frg14 14 2 15 1 igo 16 2 17 2 frg3 frg7 ioe frgi1 frg15 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 OMNIBUS 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9j 10 11 12 G G O O I O I iI E d v gY w S e S V PCI PROCESSOR Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Figure 3 46 small system in OmniBus configuration 3 3 Medium system 3 Getting started An example for a configuration for a system with digital output 24 channels and 20 free movable video win dows can be seen in the figure below frgO frg1 frg2 frg3 frg4 frg5 frg6 1 12 0 112 1 112 2 112 3 1 13 0 113 1 113 2 frg7 Jfrg8 Jfrg9 frg19 1 13 3 114 0 114 1 116 3 frg10 frg11 frg12 114 2 114 33 4115 0 frg13 frg14 frg15 frg16 frg17 frg18 115 1 15 2 115 3 1 16 0 1 16 1 l 16 2 salalalals e zla PCI PROCESSOR
3. PCI PROCESSOR Figure 6 14 cascaded OMNISCALERS way of working The figure above shows on the left side the cabling for the cascading of the OmNISCALERS in three OmniBus devices and a possible result on the display wall On the right hand side there is shown the current state of the graphical data as it would be shown on the display wall if leaving out the following cascaded OmNISCALERS Video windows added in that OmniBus are marked grey Video windows which are already present from previous OmniBus de vices are marked white System requirements e OMNISCALERS need to be of the type AGX 3313 0 or newer Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________1__ 6 53 6 Advanced configuration Cabling and connection Cabling as explained in the service manual applies with the following exceptions e The output connectors of the OMNISCALERS Of one OmniBus are connected with the input connectors of OMNISCALERS Of another OMNIBUS e Up to four OmniBus devices may be cascaded in this way Mode of operation Once a system with cascaded OMNISCALERS is Up and running videos can be started and operated in the same way as on a standard system please refer to section 4 Operating Distributed video may not be used with a cascaded OmniScaler setup Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008
4. i wat o eee m D e m m l a I m Processor configuration Small systems with one up to 24 projection cubes can be set up with a single Processor Depending on the amount of video and RGB sources an additional Extenoer might be used this setup is called Processor configura tion All expansion cards are used in the Processor or as well in the EXTENDER PROCESSOR TCP IP Figure 2 2 8 channel Processor in Processor configuration Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 2 3 3 Getting started 3 Getting started This chapter describes the setup of the TRANSForm A Workstation for Windows and provides you with a guide through the software configuration Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________1__ 3 1 3 Getting started 3 1 Examining 3 1 1 Processor The Processor is available in several configurations differing in the type of the CPU the power supply and the system mainboard The table below lists the possible configurations and related product codes which are used further on to indicate a particular device where applicable standard power redundant power redundant power supply supply 400 W supply 650 W Pentium IV 3 4 GHz 6 PCI slots AGS 3328 2 AGS 3328 3 Core 2 Duo 2 13 GHz 4 PCI slots 3
5. ___LLL 6 40 Ciaaieieens Temperature Tl Backplane 3003 Backplane 3322 Backplane 3360 Temperature T1 A T ek Bandwidth PESC RUR tes BP CPUC O2 Temperature T1 LGA o Ola x INES O00 ACX ool aa AGX SOA xx PRCE OOE ERC 3 8 56 Sek FRCS OILS acy FRG 3397 xx RGB 3010 xx SDI 3011 xx MPG 3012 xx 6 Advanced configuration 3 entries per power module for 3 3V 5V and 12V Reading Current current Temperature of the power module Reading backplane of AGS 3013 3320 IDPROM Version Firmware backplane of AGS 3335 IDPROM Version Firmware backplane of AGS 3359 IDPROM Version current temperature at one of the 5 or 6 sensors on the backplane AGS 3013 3320 and AGS 3335 have each 6 sensors AGS 3359 has 5 sensors Reading Current temperature current bandwidth consumption of the backplane Reading bandwidth consumption in Bytes s CPU board of OmniBus AGS 3013 3320 IDPROM Version Firmware Controlware CPU board of OmniBus AGS 3335 or AGS 3359 IDPROM Version Firmware Controlware current temperature at the sensors of the CPU board Reading Current temperature UGX AGX GRAPHIC CARD Connector Position indicates the used PCI slot 0 17 in OmniBus A18 0 11 in OMNiBus A12 IDPROM Version Firmware Controlware OMNISCALER Connector Position IDPROM Version Controlware Input cards consist of two boards This entry indicates the base board of the input cards
6. OMNIBUS 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Oo O00O0O0OOQOOOOOOQOO I I DI S www u lt wa u h d SE YS T U F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G G GQ G G G V Y V Y Y Y S Y Y F F V OMNIBUS 1 Figure 3 47 medium system configuration Here it is advantageous to use one OmniBus for the graphic cards the other one for the OMNISCALERS together with the input cards Because all input cards and OMNISCALERS fit within the same OmniBus all video windows are freely movable on the whole display wall Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 38 3 Getting started Large system The following system has 54 channels digital output and 20 video windows that are movable and scalable display area OMNIBUS 2 display area OMNIBUS 3 display area OMNIBUS 4 frgO frg6 frg7 frg8 frg9 frg10 frg11 frg12 frg20 frg21 frg22 frg23 frg24 frg25 frg26 frg27 frg28 frg29 frg40 frg41 frg42 frg43 frg44 frg45 frg46 frg47 frg48 frg49 19 0 110 2 110 3 111 0 111 1 111 2 111 3 112 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 110 0 110 1 110 2 110 3 111 0 1114 1 113 0 113 1 113 2 113 3 114 0 114 1 114 2 114 3 115 0 115 1 T I T T T T T T T T T T frgi3 frg14 frg15 frg16 frg17
7. 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 data 4 5V 2 5 clock 3 GND 6 Figure 7 9 COM1 1 5 6 9 1 DCD 6 DSR 2 RxD 7 RIS 3 TxD 8 CTS 4 DIR 9 RI 5 GND Figure 7 10 Multiport 1 0 card 9 1 6 1 DCD 6 DSR 2 RxD 7 RIS 3 TxD 8 CTS 4 DIR 9 RI 5 GND Figure 7 11 serial connector pin assignment Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____1_ 1_1 _1__1__1__1__1__1_ 7 16 7 Technical appendix Network card and onboard LAN adapter For complete cabling details please refer to the IEEE802 3 specification section 8 4 Coaxial Cables and Electrical Parameters TD RD 5 6 7 8 bm WN Figure 7 12 RJ 45 connector pin assignments Connection cable keyboard extension 14 25 Plug 1 twisted pairs Plug 2 1 1 and 14 1 2 2 and 15 2 3 3 and 16 3 etc 13 13 etc 23 23 and 10 23 24 24 and 11 24 25 25 and 12 25 Shield connected Shield connected to plug housing to plug housing Ferrit Ferrit Figure 7 13 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HY 7 17 7 Technical appendix 7 3 Order codes Documentation DOC 3266 2 user s manual TRANSForM A Workstation for Windows English Hardware AGS 3328 2 Processor Pentium IV 3 4 GHz 19 In 6 PCI slots standard AGS 3328 3 Processor Pentium IV 3 4 GHz 19 In 6 PCI slots with redundant power supply AGS 3389 2 Processor Core 2 Duo 2 13 GHz 19 In 4 PCI slots 3 PCle slots
8. Video channels and configuration files The term video channel refers with basic video display mode to a single port of an input card With distributed video it refers to the video that is displayed by multiple input cards in different areas of the display wall see section 4 2 8 Distributed video When starting the video software option d specifies a certain video channel option c allows to read set tings for displaying the video from a certain configuration file If the video software is started without specifying one of these options the first video channel to be found is selected and displayed using the default settings The video channels can be started by means of their default names With basic video display mode these are ego trol ir rA oe 4 The order of the video and RGB channels frg0 frgl1 frg2 takes into account the order of the input cards in TRANSFORM A please refer to section 3 2 15 OmniBus for OmniBus configurations and section 3 2 16 Extender for Processor configurations respectively The following example explains the order of channels for two DuaL RGB INPUT CARDS ONE QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD and one STREAMING VIDEO CARD where in the PCI order there is first one DUAL RGB INPuT CARD then the Quan ANALOG VIDEO Caro followed by the STREAMING VIDEO CARD and finally the other DUAL RGB INPUT CARD video name of video name of default configuration file channel channel DUAL RGB INPUT CARD 1 1 frgo default frg0 vc
9. __ 6 16 6 Advanced configuration vswl 11 to processor 2 frg3008 2 1 l 1 vswl 12 to processor 2 frg3008 3 1 The compiler After changing the switcher definition file it has to be compiled and the data has to be inserted into the registry Execute the file slc exe with the syntax gt slc exe lt switcher definition file gt Option Option If no option is used and the compiler runs without an error through the switcher definition file the changes in the registry are made immediately Files with the registry changes are stored as well in the current folder with the name lt switcher definition file gt lt computer name gt reg for archiving purposes Option f p dev def c filename print this help information print result in text file only No changes to registry permitted print found paths for all input cards print found devices print found definitions select switcher definition file Table 6 24 If multiple Processors are configured each of them need to be in operation while the compiler is running The user has to have administrator rights on each of these Processors Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ 6 17 6 Advanced configuration The switcher definition language in the BNF notation In the following the switcher definition language is declared in the BNF Backus Naur Form alpha a roe I ihe
10. Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 4 37 4 3 9 Displaying sources of Dual RGB Input Card With a right click on the window of an RGB source the control panel for RGB input can be opened 4 Operating fre108 File Options Format Manual r TTT copes Fullscreen Red Green Blue 4 Source 800 x 600 1 AGB Standard Preset SO0 60060H 2 RGE M Detect Position Edit Preset New Prezet C Variable 10 fps f Normal f None Figure 4 17 DUAL RGB INPUT CARD dialog box Red Setting of red Green Setting of green Blue Setting of blue xt Setting of brightness Format Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently Lock RGB Red green and blue are identically changed Fullscreen Scaling up of the video to the whole display wall or in Display mode to the projection modules which currently display a part of it nu Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Source Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 1 RGB Select a monitor signal 0 The input is switched off A blue window is displayed Standard Preset Auto Enable automatic detection of the screen mode The detected screen mode is shown in the box bu
11. Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LL_ 3 48 3 Getting started Just click Finish to finalize the operation The next dialog prompts you to restart the computer Click No and wait some time to see if the Found New Hardware Wizard starts again System Settings Change System Settings Change 7 isle restart your computer before the new settings will take ay Windows has Finished installing new devices The software that supports your device i i requires that you restart your computer You must restart your computer before the Do you want to restart your computer now new settings will take effect Do you want to restart your computer now As long as a new Found New Hardware Wizard comes up repeat the steps of this section again for it lf the Found New Hardware Wizard does not start any longer continue with the setup program see next pages lt n Every time the Wizard has finished one installation you will be prompted to reboot Nevertheless it is not necessary to reboot so this should be ignored Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL 3 49 3 Getting started Executing setup exe Due to the information assigned in the steps before the standard Windows graphic driver is no longer assigned to the Barco graphic cards Instead TransForm A operates temporarily in a def
12. Connect the Processor to the local area network by connecting the network to the network card or the network onboard adapter Please refer to section 3 2 13 Network 3 3 2 Switching on e in an OmniBus configuration Using OmniBus A18 first make sure that the power switches 26 Figure 3 11 of all connected OmniBus A18 devices are on The LED operating status 3 Figure 3 10 on each OmniBus A18 should show a red light Check also that the power switches 35 Figure 3 5 on the rear of the Processor if available are switched on Using OmNiBus A12 just make sure that the red LED standby component failed 6 Figure 3 7 is perma nently on indicating Standby mode Then switch on the Processor by pressing the power button 13 Figure 3 1 on its front By means of the remote power on off mechanism all TRANSForM A devices are now centrally switched on and initialized in the necessary order The LED operating status of the OmniBus A18 should show a green light and the LED power on 4 on the OmniBus A12 should be lighting e Ina Processor configuration switch on the Processor by pressing the power button 13 Figure 3 1 on the front If also an EXTENDER is used switch it on first by pressing the On Off switch 3 Figure 3 13 Initial system start after delivery After the pre configuration of a TRANSFormM A system at the factory the operating system is sealed Therefore when switching on TRANSFoRM A at your site for the first time t
13. 5V 1 5 A 3 3 V 1 6 A 12 V 100 mA 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 4259 1 x 64 bit 3 3 5 V PCI edge connector 2 x 15 pin SubMinD HD connector VGA compatible Table 7 13 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 77 Presets of Dual RGB Input Card and Dual DVI Input Card Default presets file rgb3010 prs Presets for RGB input with DUAL RGB INPUT CARD or DUAL DVI INPUT CARD 640x350 70HZ 640x350 85Hz 640x400 70Hz 640x400 85Hz 640x480 60Hz 640x480 72Hz 640x480 75HzZ 640x480 85Hz 720x400 70Hz 720x400 85Hz 800x600 56Hz 800x600 60Hz 800x600 72Hz 800x600 75Hz 800x600 85HzZ 1024x768 43Hz 1024x768 60HZ 1024x768 70Hz 1024x768 75Hz 1024x768 85Hz 1152x864 60Hz 1152x864 70Hz 1152x864 75Hz 1152x864 85Hz 1152x900 66Hz 1152x900 76Hz 1280x768 60Hz 1280x768 75Hz 1280x768 85Hz 1280x800 60Hz 1280x900 70Hz 1280x960 60Hz 1280x960 70Hz 1280x960 75Hz 1280x960 85Hz CO CO W S PLL_DIVIDER 832 800 832 840 832 900 936 1024 1056 1040 1056 1048 1264 1344 1328 1312 1376 1520 1536 1600 1552 1504 1464 1712 1712 1728 1712 1800 1800 1728 1686 1728 V_ PERIOD 14285 11764 14285 11764 16666 13888 13333 11764 14285 11764 17857 16666 13888 13333 11764 23256 16666 14285 13333 117
14. String that is sent to the specified encoder Figure 4 11 Parameters on the Streams Parameters Editor As unicast streams are only sent to one single IP address only one Streaming Video Card at a time is able to display one particular unicast stream The following table lists the encoder specific values that must be entered into the Streams Params Editor They are valid with STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 with firmware 6 0 1 21 Encoder manufacturer type AXIS 206 206M compression IP Skip bytes Skip bytes Stream TCP PID algorythm protocol at start at end protocol mjpeg TCP 0 0 auto ON 0 Use port 80 for TCP and indicate the encoder IP address signaling method is http signaling is supported Startstring example Axis241Q GET axis cgi mjpg video cgi HITP 1 0 n n Startstring example Axis241Q GET axis cgi mjpg Side omec ie til Ley lke Oth ata Resolutions with 1280 horizontal pixels are not supported Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H________ 4 27 Encoder manufacturer type 207 207W 210 210A 211 211A 213 PTZ 214 PTZ 216FD 225FD 231D 231D 232D 232D 2415 241SA 2425 IV 221 240Q 241Q 241QA Barco TransForm SCN BOSCH NWC 0455 Dinion NWC 0455 DinionXF Videojet8008 VIP X1 VIP X1600 VIP X2 BOSCH Videojet 10 Video jet 1000 Videojet Xpro VIP 10 VIP 1000 BOSCH Videojet 1000 V
15. To store all available information both views must be saved one after the other Save in E Desktop z ie g Look in Ej Desktop v B My Documents my Documents P My Computer My Computer my Network Places my Network Places E3 logicalview DEX logicalview DEX componentview DEX File name componentview DEX File name componentview DEX Save as type DEX Files dex v Cancel Files of ype DEX Files dex Cancel Figure 6 11 Save As and Open dialog of DEX To load a saved configuration choose Open from the menu and select the respective file When a file is displayed in DEX then the location and name of the file is displayed in brackets in the title bar It is not possible to switch between different views Instead the file containing the desired view has to be opened To exit the file displaying mode of the DEX select New from the File menu This requests again the current val ues from the system and displays them Remote usage of DEX To view DEX files in locations where no TRANSFoRM A is available the DEX can also be used as a stand alone appli cation on any other Windows 2000 or Windows XP computer Therefore insert the CD TransForm A Suite CRS 3045 C into the CD ROM drive of that computer and browse to the directory of the current display driver suite Windows Driver Suite X X lt CDR drive gt Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X Execute the Microsoft Visual C 2008 redistribu
16. What do you want the wizard to do Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that can choose a specific driver lt Back Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 Getting started Windows XP The Found New Hardware Wizard asks first for per mission to use also the Windows Update Web site for to search for a suitable driver Click No not this time to prevent this and then Next gt Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Windows Update Web site with your permission Read our privacy policy Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software O Yes this time only Yes now and every time connect a device Click Next to continue On the Found New Hardware Wizard for Video con troller VGA Compatible select Install from a list or specific location and click Next gt to continue When the Found New Hadrward Wizard starts again for the next Barco component it will already show the name of this component correctly in this dialog any how you have to run through the wizard Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Video Controller VGA Compatible H If your hardware came wit
17. ____LL_ 6 54 6 Advanced configuration 6 2 2 Plain video mode Alternatively to the standard configuration where always OmNISCALER are used to display video or RGB input data this section describes a possibility to display video and RGB data in a system without OMNISCALERS This is further referred as plain video Plain video is only recommended for systems where few video or RGB windows shall be shown where those windows do not need to be upscaled and where genlocking is not required System requirements For plain video mode the following system requirements have to be fulfilled Operating system Windows XP Windows driver suite release 4 2 or higher Hardware UGX GRAPHIC CARD with QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS QUAD SDI VIDEO CARDS STREAMING VIDEO CARDS DUAL DVI INPUT CARDS and or DUAL RGB INPUT CARDS Table 6 34 System requirements for plain video Software configuration For plain video the following settings must be configured e The color depth of the system must be set to Medium 16 bit Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Display gt Settings e The cursor must be configured in any case as hardware mouse pointer more information in section 3 6 1 Appropriate cursor for video applications e When starting the software video exe the option v must be used with the value 1 e g vid o ditrgQ v 1 Please refer also to section 4 3 1 Display in a window Bandwidth considerations Plain video is more re
18. ______________ 4 14 4 Operating DFRG In the section DFRG the names of the video channels are defined These names can be used to start a video channel with the video software Within one DFRG section one single card for basic video display mode can be listed e g Vidl1 or multiple cards of different OmniBus devices can be listed to form a distributed video e g DVidl DVidz2 DERG DV id define dfrg device with members QAVC 1 QAVC 3 DFRG DVid2 QAVC 2 QAVC 4 DERG Vidi QAVC 5 Sourcelist In the section Sourcelist all used sources are listed In each of the lines there is the name in quotes followed by the video type and the video standard It is possible to have multiple Sourcelists nevertheless it is necessary to have at least one of them The Sourcelist serves to assign their sources in the section ROUTES to the DFRG channels Sourcelist Sources a defining video sources RTL Composite PAL Sourcelist Sources b SAT 1 SVideo PAL ROUTES In the section ROUTES is defined which Sourcelist is available for which video channels DFRG In each line there is first mentioned the Sourcelist in quotes followed by the keyword to and finally the DFRG channel ROUTES Sources a to DVid1 Sources b to DVid2 So rc s cT to Vidt Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H 4 15 4 Operating CABL
19. o x aaa gS Be 33 a qd i Q Q 2 E 5 OS w w Ele a i 25 35 26 127 28 29 30 a1 32 133 134 BS a 26 127 128 29 31 32a 32b 14 air supply 15 genlock loop through in 16 remote power on off connector genlock loop through out 17 external genlock in models AGS 3328 2 3 and AGS 3390 1 2 models AGS 3389 18 COM2 PCle x16 extension cards 19 PCI extension cards PCle x1 extension cards 20 PCI extension cards COM2 21 24 PCI extension cards like network cards link interface cards Barco s expansion cards etc de pending on configuration 25 mains connection of power module 26 PS 2 mouse green jack 27 PS 2 keyboard purple jack 28 2xUSB 29 COM1 30 LPT1 not on AGS 3390 1 2 31 onboard VGA adapter 32 onboard LAN adapter with the following LED signals left LED lightens green a connection exists blinking green activity right LED off 10 Mbps connection lightens green 100 Mbps connection lightens amber 1000 Mbps connection 33 2xUSB not on AGS 3390 1 2 34 audio micro not on AGS 3390 1 2 35 power switch of power module 36 green LED individual power module operating 39 buzzer reset button power module failed only applicable with redundant power supply 650W Figure 3 5 Rear view of the Processor with standard power supply left detail with redundant power supply 650W middle redundant power supply 400 W right and details of the rear connection plate of the Processor AGS 3390 1 2 bott
20. Aa Internet 7 My Documents GB Switch to Category View Internet Explorer z i 4 My Recent Documents gt E E mail O My Pictures 4 Windows Update A Date and Time W Paint 2 My Music ith Add or Remove Programs Administrative Tools Outlook Express See Also See Help and Support RE My Computer vI MSN Explorer E Control Panel Windows Media Player amp Set Program Access and Defaults 33 Windows Messenger ba Printers and Faxes Tour Windows xP H ip and Support Q windows Movie Maker Y Search I Run Folder Options Game Controllers Intel PROSet Internet Options g Keyboard TE mM Network Connections All Programs gt S Phone and Modem Options A Power Options P Log OFF fo Shut Down Change the appearance of your desktop such as the background screen saver colors Font sizes and screen resc Figure 3 59 Display Settings in the Control Panel The Control Panel dialog box is displayed Double click Display for displaying the Display Properties dialog box and click the Settings tab Display Properties Themes Desktop Screen Saver Appearance Settings Display Default Monitor on BARCO PEs 3003 3322 3360 AGH 3261 Screen resolution Color quality Highest 32 bit vw 1024 by 768 pixel li nim E Troubleshoot E Figure 3 60 Display Properties Settings Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008
21. Driver General Advanced Link Advanced Teaming TEAM Team 0 intel Adapter Teaming Teaming options Device type Network adapters Do not team this adapter Manufacturer Intel Location Unknown Device status Team with other adapters This device is working properly r New Team eam IF you are having problems with this device click Troubleshoot to TEAM Team 0 gt start the troubleshooter TEAM Team 0 t E e Groups multiple adapters into a single team Supports WLANs Supports multiple team types for most Intel adapters Offers advanced team settings Troubleshoot Device usage For an overview of ANS teaming click here Use this device enable ka Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ 6 36 6 Advanced configuration In the Device Manager appears now an entry of the AFT team instead of the single network adapters E Device Manager E mlx File Action wiew Help He 2 W Computer ze Disk drives a Display adapters DVDICO ROM drives Floppy disk controllers IDE ATASATAPT controllers Keyboards j Mice and other pointing devices BB Network adapters Hg TEAM Team 0 Other devices Ports COM amp LPT Sound video and game controllers F i H System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Revoking an AFT team The members of an AFT team can
22. If your hardware came with an installation CD lt 6 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install the software automatically Recommended Click Next to continue In the next window select Don t search will choose the driver to install and click Next Hardware Update Wizard Please choose your search and installation options a V Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed Search removable media floppy CD ROM Include this location in the search Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware 6 20 A list with the models of the display drivers appears Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver a Which driver do you want to install for this device Sy ww Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Models BARCO PCX 3003 3322 4GX 3000 BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Show compatible hardware C Show all hardware of this device class Click the Have Disk button Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive aa selecte
23. OLA REJIS UVTI CNO araia e a a a tec declares duaaesaaatn deals 6 4 GF SAC ORIG UNG VideO ierni E senses aveunassadnaceccnica tease saneataunasoataaaneamueataabamenmaeees 6 10 6 1 4 Upgrading the display driver under Windows NT ccccccccsscescesecsscescesscsscesscsscesecscesecsceseesseeseenes 6 19 6 1 5 Upgrading the display driver under Windows 2000 or Windows XP u ce cceeteesecesceseessceseesseeseenes 6 19 6 1 6 Deinstallation of the display driver AGXUNINST EXE ee eecceccceseessessessessesecescesceseesessecsecseeseeeeeeeees 6 24 6 1 7 Special requirements when installing Windows 2000 XP uuu cc ececcssessesccescesceseessesseseeseeseeseeseenes 6 26 6 1 8 Adjustment of language settings under Windows XP uu ce eceeeeccescesceseessessesecsececeseesseseeseeseeneens 6 28 6 1 9 Installing display drivers for new Cards OF AN OMNIBUS GEVICE ccesecsscescesscssceseessceseesseeseeseenes 6 31 CIO WIRGOWS AP activati a3 sitcsotuhs teeta Mandenieast A 6 32 6 1 11 Redundant network adapter ccc cccccccsscsscesscsscesecsscesecssceseessesscessesscessesscessesecsssesscseeseesseeseenes 6 33 GIA GE IMO CK serii ctsscsasdincahuvruscasncondides sates sausond Ais renreaes suse dea wees aresosdutta ansuaebaacunadvabaaeiantaatamaeeansenaee 6 38 CEI DEVICE EX DIOL E ann er suctac ut ncetes ageseed vecacer saeeead E deca sae ameam nea 6 39 Oy Led SAIL MOM ICO NDO sonrie ores casusxatsdelonsoesgnnsesaseenanabdlsandeanse cnnathacusb
24. Source File Options C B S H i TTT e Format Manual r Fullscreen Red Green Blue Source 1920 x 1080 3 AGB Analog ka Standard Preset 132021050251 o Deinterlace C Variable 13 fps f Normal C None Noise Reduction 4 Operating File Options C B 5 H RGE Format Manual Overscan Lid PITT Pa Fullscreen Source 1920 x 1080 5 AGEB Digitall C Wariable 30 fps Di O S Y i Normal C None Noise Reduction Mode 16 0 xf ___ futo ad 1c RGE W Detect Position Edit Preset New Preset Figure 4 16 DUAL DVI INPUT CARD with source type analog RGB left and digital RGB right dialog box Setting of contrast Setting of brightness Setting of saturation only for source types 1 2 Setting of hue only for NTSC sources of type 1 2 Red green and blue are identically changed Setting of red Setting of green Setting of blue Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently The edges of video often show disturbances therefore an overscan of some 3 can be defined that will not be displayed Not applicable with source type 3 4 Values between 0 and 10 are possible Default 3 for video sources 0 for digital RGB DVI Switch to 16 9 aspect ratio Only effective for source types 1 2 4 not applicable if the Format M
25. digit digit digit digit digit digit digit digit digit digit digit digit device device eq sw_dev connection connection eg name baudrate baudrate eq number type type eq number inputs inputs eq number outputs outputs eg number level level eq number videotype videotype eq vid_types grabber_def device eg frg_dev dfrg_def frg_name frg_dev frg_name frg_dev source_def source_descr source_descr source_descr sourcename name name route_def listname to frg_name frg_dev dfrg_name frg_name frg_dev S dfrg_name cable_def sourcename sSw_output to sw_input frg_input sw_input frg input Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 18 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 4 Upgrading the display driver under Windows NT An upgrade of the display driver release is not possible the operating system is no longer supported please refer to section 3 4 Operating system 6 1 5 Upgrading the display driver under Windows 2000 or Windows XP An upgrade of the display driver can be made when a newer release offers additional features which shall be applied for controlling the display wall Before starting the upgrade make sure that the appropriate installation files are available Therefore copy the folder with the latest
26. 3 3 V 0 3 V 12 V 10 12 V 10 5V 0 8A 3 3V 2 5A 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 4259 1 x 64 bit 3 3 V 5 V PCI edge connector 4 x BNC connector Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Ta Quad SDI Video Card scaler CPU Frame Memory input formats colors video standard bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions connectors Dual DVI Input Card A D converter scaler CPU Frame Memory input colors input formats bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions weight connectors 7 Technical appendix via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM NTSC 4 2 2 component 13 5MHz Y sampling PAL 4 2 2 component 13 5MHz Y sampling internal data path YUV 4 2 2 16 bit wide SMPTE 259M C 270Mbps 4 2 2 compliant PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 2 3 3 V 0 3 V 12 V 10 12 V 10 5V 1 9 A 3 3 V 1 8 A 12 V 20 mA 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 1 x 64 bit 3 3 V 5 V PCI edge connector 4 x BNC 1 x RJ45 connector 10 pins not used Table 7 10 2 x Analog Devices AD9888 via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM Dual input mode up to HDTV 1920x1080 60 Hz input analog input Pixel
27. ATO DUILO VIM UL CITA araroa aa aa a a aa 4 3 ATORO Sa BLU LER N eana E T E ee 4 3 4 1 8 AMOUNT Of VIGEO and RGB WINdOWS nisserne n E E E T EN eden 4 4 4 2 Features of video and RGB display ssc cscvsactavesitoveseecad asia rioleas a a E alana 4 7 AZ AB AS CMIGEO GIS play MO Ea E TE 4 7 IERRA E FNC A E A N A E ITO ATE tee A AEE OT EA E E E EE 4 7 ADS OTO CT er T E ET AE E E A EA E A ds wsaaeseaeees 4 7 ADA ACONI O a A ae ee eee eee 4 7 EASE ET E E AE E E E I E EE EE N AA E E E AA EE A ET 4 7 426 Cascaded OMNIS CAEL aiem n A E E 4 7 ADF PVAM VIGO AN 0 E nien T E E 4 7 ADO DIS DEd VIGO O nena a a a ote aan tea a 4 8 4 3 Displaying video and RGB signals ccecesessessesscsecescssceccecceseeseeseesscsecsecsecesessesessscsecsecseceesessesseseeseeseenees 4 9 A EDISON EWING OW aes ri aE E wecaseseteated naeacasaceas ad necaacenteaaeedneclaessaeaaaenteet 4 9 4 3 2 Naming of video channels and video Sources ceccecccscessessessessesceecesceseesesseeseesecsessecsecseeeeessessens 4 13 A3 SNT SONTO ee ee a 4 17 4 3 4 Displaying sources of Quad Analog Video Cal ce eeeccesccsssssesscssceecesceseeseesscseeseesecseesseeeeesessessens 4 21 4 3 5 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 ou ce eecccccssesscsscesecsseesecssceseeeesseenes 4 22 4 3 6 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card J2K cc ceeesscsscessesscescesscescesscssccscesecsecessceeeseesseeseenes 4 31 4 3 7 Displaying sources of Quad SDI Input Card ccc cccc
28. Connector Position IDPROM Version Firmware Controlware QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Controlware Channel Names frg lt x gt or user defined by switcher language compiler DUAL RGB INPUT CARD mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Controlware Channel Names QUAD SDI ViDEO CARD mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Firmware Channel Names STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Ident Number MPG 3012 0x for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 R76 Number R765140 or R764244 for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 Channel Names Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Y___1___1__1___1___ 6 41 6 Advanced configuration MECE Ch Pax STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Ident Number MPG 3012 1x for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 R76 Number R765303 for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 Channel Names FRG 3388 xx DUAL DVI INPUT CARD mezzanine board Connector Position same number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Controlware Channel Names JPG 3398 xx STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K mezzanine board Connector Position sam
29. D D On Oo n O oO 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 16 15 1 Data0 1 Data0 1 Data2 1 Data2 Int Scaler 0 Data2 0 Data2 0 Data0 0 Data0 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 15 14 13 12 11 aon WO N W A UI GND GND 1 DDC clock 1 DDC data GND 0 DDC data 0 DDC clock GND GND Table 7 16 Dual DVI connector digital in OmniScaler digital out 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 GND shield return for 5V Hsync and Vsync GND GND GND GND GND Streaming Video Card mh WN TD TD RD 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 0 Data1 0 Data1 0 Clock 0 Clock 0 Hot Plug detect 0 LED PGA Scaler detect 1 LED PGA 1 Hot Plug detect 1 Clock 1 Clock 1 Data1 1 Data1 be mS On ce kkk RR mannnnannnnnnnn T Y 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 16 15 0 Data0 0 Data0 0 Data2 0 Data2 Int Scaler 1 Data2 1 Data2 1 Data0 1 Data0 5 6 7 8 RD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 15 14 13 12 11 anon CO V N W A UI 7 Technical appendix GND G
30. DRV 3356 0 DVD ROM drive for software upgrades AGX 3281 1 UGX GRAPHIC CARD with DVI D adapter cable digital AGX 3281 0 UGX GRAPHIC CARD for TRANSFORM A Dual DVI connector 4 channels CBL 3242 0 Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable AGX 3281 2 UGX GRAPHIC CARD with CRT adapter cable analog AGX 3281 0 UGX GRAPHIC CARD for TRANSFORM A Dual DVI connector 4 channels CBL 3243 0 Dual DVI to 2xCRT adapter cable AGX 3313 1 OMNISCALER with Dual DVI cable digital AGX 3313 0 OMNISCALER Dual DVI connector 2 channels CBL 3264 0 Dual DVI to Dual DVI cable R9842979 QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD R9842978 STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 R9832670 STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K R9842986 QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD R9842987 DUAL RGB INPUT CARD R9842985 DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ 7 18 NET 3283 0 NET 3283 3 NET 3395 0 NET 3395 2 EOS 3052 1 TAS 3232 0 TAS 3336 0 TAS 3401 0 TAS 3401 1 Spare parts MEM 3213 5 MEM 3213 6 MEM 3391 0 MEM 3391 1 R9842976 PSU 3284 0 PCX 3363 9 PCX 3321 0 PCX 3342 0 DRV 3349 9 DRV 3310 9 DRV 3393 9 DRV 3394 9 DRV 3402 9 EOS 3104 0 EOS 3104 1 PCX 3225 0 7 Technical appendix Ethernet card 10 100 1000 Mbps PCI Ethernet card 10 100 1000 Mbps PCI server Ethernet card 10 100 1000 Mbps PCle x1 Ethernet card 10 100 1000 Mbps PCle x1 server Multiport 1 0 card Logitech USB optica
31. Encoder dependant parameter values for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 For some encoders the settings are not defined if there are difficulties to set them please contact the Barco support see section 8 3 Contact Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLL 4 30 4 Operating 4 3 6 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card J2K With a right click on the window that is displaying a JPEG2000 video stream the control panel for this type of video can be opened Q D Hue Format Overscan 16 9 Fullscreen Source Frame Rate Last Frame on Signal Loss Standard The first time the software video exe is opened for a channel of a Streaming Video Card J2K the video will not be displayed automatically This is because the Streaming Video Card must first be configured please refer to entry Edit below also the streams must be edited please refer to the menu entry Board settings below Fie Options Format Manual ka Overscan r Fullscreen Source 168571 Frame Rate i Jk T 25 30 fps Last Frame on Signal Loss Figure 4 12 STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K dialog box Setting of contrast Setting of brightness Setting of saturation not applicable Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently The edges of video often show dis
32. R9842991 R9842992 CBL 3242 0 CBL 3243 0 CBL 3264 0 CBL 3264 1 CBL 3205 0 R9842821 R9842822 R9842823 R9842824 CBL 3190 graphics data DVI D lt gt DVI D max UXGA 2 m DVI D lt gt DVI D max UXGA 5 m DVI D lt gt DVI D max SXGA 10 m DVI D lt gt DVI D max SXGA 20 m DVI D gt DVI D optical max UXGA 10 m DVI D gt DVI D optical max UXGA 20 m DVI D gt DVI D optical max UXGA 50 m DVI D gt DVI D optical max UXGA 100 m Dual DVI gt 2xDVI D adapter cable Dual DVI gt 2xCRT adapter cable Dual DVI lt gt Dual DVI cable 0 5 m Dual DVI lt gt Dual DVI cable 1 5 m DVI D gt MDR26 adapter 0 2 m 3xRCA gt DVI A analog video cable 3 m for DUAL DVI INPUT CARD 3xRCA gt DVI A analog video cable 7 5 m for DuaL DVI INPUT CARD 3xRCA gt DVI A analog video cable 15 m for Duar DVI INPUT CARD 3xRCA gt DVI A analog video cable 30 m for Duar DVI INPUT CARD HD15 gt DVI A adapter for DuaL DVI INPUT CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 7 19 R9842825 R9842826 CBL 3380 2 Software CRS 3045 C EOS 3070 5 LIC 3291 0 LIC 3291 2 LIC 3348 0 7 Technical appendix 5xBNC gt DVI A adapter cable 0 75 m for Duar DVI INPUT CARD HDMI gt DVI D adapter for Duar DVI INPUT CARD Remote power on off cable CD ROM TRANSForM A Suite including graphic driver for TRANSFORM A TRANSFO
33. Siemens OTN MVIDIP Tandberg E5710 Tandberg Mediaplex 20 Tandberg 116120 Tandberg 117116 Teleste EASI BLUEbox EASI IPET1 EASI IPET3 EASI MORIS Teleste EASI MORIS EASI MPC E1 EASI MPC E2 EASI MPC E4 EASI MPX E8 Telindus Cellstack Centauri VBrick VB4000 1 VB6000 VBrick VBXcast 9140 4200 VBXcast 9140 4300 Verint S1500e 1600e T Verint S1700e VideoLAN VideoLAN VLC VLS Vorx VON v1 0 4 Operating compression IP Skip bytes Skip bytes Stream TCP PID algorythm protocol at start at end protocol h263 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 No on board RCP support limited frame rate mpeg2 E OFF F mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 i OFF mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF Ol ae Generates multiple program transport streams MPTS The Video PID is used to select the program mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 590 mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 RIP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 ISMA features not supported mpeg4 UDP 12 0 auto OFF 0 ISMA features not supported mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto ON 0 Startstring example SmartSight Only with encoder firmware 3 20 build 444 Usage of S1700e recommend mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto ON 0 startstring example SmartSight mpeg2 see 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 below mjpeg For IP protocol multicast unicast UDP or RTP is possible mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 Decoding of AES streams is not supported Table 4 12
34. power mains power consumption operating conditions Interfaces 7 Technical appendix 177mm 440mm 516mm 6 97 in 17 32 in 20 32 in AGS 3328 AGS 3389 177mm 440mm 566mm 6 97 in 17 32 in 22 28 in AGS 3390 1 2 183mm 482mm 566mm 7 20 in 18 98 in 22 28 in AGS 3328 AGS 3389 183mm 482mm 616mm 7 20 in 18 98 in 24 25 in AGS 3390 1 2 18 0 kg 39 7 Ibs AGS 3328 2 AGS 3389 2 20 5 kg 45 2 Ibs AGS 3328 3 AGS 3389 3 22 3 kg 49 2 Ibs AGS 3390 1 2 100 240V 60Hz 50Hz 400 W AGS 3328 2 AGS 3389 2 400 W AGS 3328 3 AGS 3389 3 650 W AGS 3390 1 2 0 40 Celsius at max 80 humidity non condensing Table 7 1 177mm 440mm 450mm 6 97 in 17 32 in 17 72 in 183mm 482mm 500mm 7 20 in 18 98 in 19 69 in 18 2 kg 40 1Ibs 100 240V 60Hz 50Hz 600 W 0 40 Celsius at max 80 humidity non condensing Table 7 2 267mm 449mm 420mm 10 51 in 17 68 in 16 54 in 270mm 482mm 461mm 10 63 in 18 98 in 18 15 in 19 8 kg 43 7Ibs 21 8 kg 48 1Ibs 100 240V 60Hz 50Hz 600 W 0 40 Celsius at max 80 humidity non condensing Table 7 3 177mm 440mm 450mm 6 97 in 17 13 in 17 72 in 183mm 482mm 500mm 7 20 in 18 98 in 19 76 in 16 5 kg 36 4lbs 100 240V 60Hz 50Hz 400 W 0 40 C at max 80 humidity non condensing 13 PCI slots for expansion cards 1 slot for connecting to the PROCESSOR Table 7 4 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 32
35. standard AGS 3389 3 Processor Core 2 Duo 2 13 GHz 19 In 4 PCI slots 3 PCle slots with red power supply AGS 3390 1 Processor dual Xeon Dual Core 19 In 6 PCI slots with redundant power supply AGS 3390 2 Processor single Xeon Dual Core 19 In 6 PCI slots with redundant power supply AGS 3359 0 OmniBus A12 19 In with redundant power supply AGS 3335 0 OmniBus A18 19 In standard hot swappable fans AGS 3335 1 OmniBus A18 19 In redundant power supply hot swappable fans EOS 3193 1 EXTENDER 13 slots 19 In with redundant power supply DRV 3349 0 hard drive in removable frame for AGS 3328 order options WinXP preinstalled operating system Windows XP english language of user s manual English DRV 3310 0 RAID 1 controller including 2 hard drives for AGS 3328 AGS 3389 AGS 3390 order options WinXP preinstalled operating system Windows XP english language of user s manual English DRV 3393 0 hard drive SATA in removable frame for AGS 3389 AGS 3390 order options WinXP preinstalled operating system Windows XP english language of user s manual English DRV 3394 0 RAID 1 controller SATA including 2 hard drives for AGs 3389 AGS 3390 order options WinXP preinstalled operating system Windows XP english language of user s manual English DRV 3402 1 RAID 5 controller SATA including 3 hard drives for AGs 3389 AGS 3390 order options WinXP preinstalled operating system Windows XP english language of user s manual English
36. 10 hex may reduce noise in the video display and increase contrast This setting effects only color depth of 15 16 or 32 bit of the UGX or AGX GRAPHIC CARD RedGamma GreenGamma BlueGamma With the RedGamma GreenGamma Of BlueGamma entry in the registry each color channel of the video signal can be adapted to the monitor or projector color display properties Thus colors and contrast can be dis played optimally Names RedGamma GreenGamma BlueGamma Typ DWORD Value On 565555 deC Default 0 Effective after setting display properties or after rebooting Table 6 13 This functionality becomes only effective if all three variables have nonzero values A gamma of 1 0 is repre sented by the decimal value 10000 e g 2 2 is encoded as 22000 GrayScale With the GrayScale entry in the registry a single 8 bpp format can be selected Name GreyScale Typ DWORD Value O or 1 Default 0 Effective after rebooting Table 6 14 Set to 1 the display driver offers a single 8 bpp format with a fixed palette containing up to 256 shades of gray linear or gamma corrected Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 8 6 Advanced configuration SharedSection The entry SubSystems which contains the value Windows with SharedSection is found on the following path HKEY LOCAL MACHINE System CurrentControlSet VContrel Se
37. 200 MBps B B B With the effective bandwidth of the OmniBus A18 of 400 MBps the sum of the bandwidth of the individual win dows may not be bigger than 400 MBps to provide optimal performance 400 MBps B B B In a Processor configuration with 100 MBps the following correlation must be considered 100 MBps B B B With a single Processor AGs 3390 1 2 with 200 MBps the following correlation must be considered 200 MBps B B B 1 1 1 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H 4 5 4 Operating Bandwidth optimization for video and RGB windows All optimization settings are made in the video software of TRANSForm A please refer to the sec tions 4 3 4 Displaying sources of Quad Analog Video Card and the following Number of pixels Video and RGB data can be pre scaled on the input card The amount of pixels of a frame is recal culated to a lower amount This reduced amount of pixels means lower need of bandwidth for the transmission to the OMNISCALERS On the OmNiScALeR the factor for pre scaling is considered during up scaling to obtain a video window in the desired size Use Pre Scale in the Scaler Settings dialog In the bandwidth formula only the reduced amount of pixels must be considered Frame rate For video sources there are two settings for the Frame Rate selectable For RGB sources the frame rate depends on the setting of the
38. Display Properties dialog appears Move the slider in the section Screen area to the very right to select the largest screen area possible and click Apply Display Properties Themes Desktop Screen Saver Appearance Settings Display Default Monitor on BARCO PCs 3003 3322 3360 AGH 3261 Screen resolution Color quality Highest 32 bit e 1024 by 768 pixels EE a ee Troubleshoot The following dialog must be confirmed with Yes Monitor Settings ca Your desktop has been reconfigured Do you want to keep ot these settings Reverting in amp seconds Configuration After the driver installation you can specify the arrangement and the order of the connected Barco projection cubes projectors or monitors Refer to section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver please As well you can configure the video switcher Refer to section 6 1 3 Configuring video please Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Y____1__1__1_1__1__1_1 3 54 3 Getting started 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver For configuring the display driver click the Start button on the taskbar and choose Settings and then Control Panel to display the Control Panel dialog box amp Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Bach Q D P Search Ky Folders Gi Address G gt Control Panel Administrator Accessibility Options Add Hardware Vg Control Panel
39. Frame Rate Reduction Sources of the Duar DVI INPuT Caro consider in addition the static reduction of the frame rate which depends on the input mode please refer to section 4 1 6 Dual DVI Input Card Color depth RGB sources can be digitized with 16 bpp or with 24 bpp Use Pixel Format in the Scaler Settings dialog please refer to section 4 3 3 Video software Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___ _ 4 6 4 Operating 4 2 Features of video and RGB display 4 2 1 Basic video display mode Normally the videos and RGB data are displayed in windows These windows may be moved and resized on their respective display area and can overlap like other application windows 4 2 2 Channel video Video and RGB signals respectively can also be displayed without borders and fitted to complete projection cubes 1 to nxn depending on configuration This is called channel video 4 2 3 OmniScaler The OMNISCALER is used together with graphic cards in digital mode After the graphic card generated the graphic data stream it is transferred to the OmniScater where the video and RGB data is integrated to it Each input source can be individually scaled up to full screen and higher and color depth can be selected independently from the color depth chosen for the Windows 2000 or Windows XP desktop One OmNISCALER provides the capabil ity to process up to 128 video and RGB inputs simultan
40. Roe mera ENER 7 15 ORCC EENE PETEN ETTE EEEN 3 24 PODET CS rican a a 4 2 technica dala enna ie 7 6 RAIDO a a a 32 EOIN an a te emer eee ee 6 8 redundance hard disk drive oeenn 3 2 DOW OE SUDDIY riea NE 3 5 redundant network connection 00 3 29 6 33 redundant power module ccceeecseeeeeseeteees 3 13 registry Sa a EEEE E O ETEN 6 2 FETErONCE pu hierna laat ela ar teeta Galena 6 4 remote extension DOX ue cee ce ccescessceseeeeseeees 3 16 remote power on off cece ceeesseceeeteeseeseeteeeees 3 6 remove teaming MOEC ce eeceeeteeeeteeseeseeseees 6 37 resolution adjusting PFeSetS eee cssceseessceseeseeeeeeseenes 4 42 reduced with orbiting 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 57 video WINKOW arianarian 4 5 restart DUON arrica a 3 3 REN enron TA E OEE 3 16 RJ 45 Imer aC Einna seitontacesedgeuicetan adsmanes 7 17 OUO ae A OA 6 16 scaler settings dialog DOX ce ceeeeteeseeseeteeeees 4 18 screen GEOmMeUy orriren e E 6 4 SOKN KO Cl EE EE E OAE 6 4 AN ea 4 2 4 4 shared section eeseeseseeseessessreesessressressresrresreeres 6 9 SOU El E erna On 6 15 stream configuration sneeeoeeseeesoes0s0enen 4 24 4 32 Streaming Video Card board settings c 2c5 sse tetwetersstiwidens alatiemesicots 4 32 9 Index CHAMME VideO enina 4 7 IMEI O ainar RE A 7 14 IEE E ccs ae 3 22 3 33 3 35 DODATI Gros ao fated aren e O OT 4 2 Streaming Video Card J2K LOCI NICAL datiran 7 7 Streaming Vi
41. SVCs 5 device server Grabber SVCs 6 device server Grabber SVCs 7 device server Grabber SVCs 8 device server Table 6 20 frg3008 12 frg3008 13 frg3008 14 frg3008 15 frg3008 16 frg3008 17 DEVICES IN THE OMNIBUS 1 of PROCESSOR 2 Grabber QAVCe 1 device processor 2 frg3008 0 Grabber QAVCe 2 device processor 2 frg3008 1 Grabber QAVCe 3 device processor 2 frg3008 2 Grabber QAVCe 4 device processor 2 frg3008 3 Grabber RGBe 1 device processor 2 frg3008 4 Grabber RGBe 2 device processor 2 frg3008 5 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 14 6 Advanced configuration DFRG Each section beginning with DFRG defines the members of a group of distributed video and assigns this group a user accessible name The input cards listed in this section are separated with comma DFRG The name inserted in quotes is the user accessible name The name dfrgX with X as an inte ger will cause a warning because of potential conflicts with automatically named devices Input device Name of input cards as defined in Table 6 16 and text above If there are any computers de fined the name of the computer has to be prefixed Separator after the computer name is a colon Instead the user defined name from secti
42. Setting of saturation not applicable Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently The edges of video often show disturbances therefore an overscan of some can be defined that will not be displayed Values between 0 and 10 are possible Default 3 Switch to 16 9 aspect ratio Not applicable if the Format Manual is selected Scale the video up to the whole display wall or in Channel Video mode to the projection cubes which currently display a part of it Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 0 Disabled Video channel disabled 1 SDI Enable SDI video signal Setting of the used frame rate default is 25 30 fps depending on the video standard in addi tion 50 60 fps are selectable Displays the detected video standard Possible standards PAL NTSC not applicable not applicable Table 4 15 Video dialog box QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLL _ 4 34 4 3 8 Displaying sources of Dual DVI Input Card With a right click on the window of digital video the control panel for this type of video can be opened Overscan 16 9 Fullscreen u
43. Supports multiple team types for most Intel adapters Offers advanced team settings For an overviews of ANS teaming click here Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___L_ 6 34 6 Advanced configuration Select Team with other adapter and click the New Team button The New Team Wizard comes up If first prompts you to enter a name for the team After specifying a name click the Next button New Team Wizard Welcome to the Intel R PRO Adapter New Team Wizard Specify a name for the team Advanced Netyvorking Services ANS team names are limited ta 46 characters After you create the ANS team you can view and modify ts settings on the Settings tab in Team properties For more information about ANS teaming click here Back Cancel The next screen lists all network adapters that are available for an AFT team Select the checkboxes of all cards that shell be part of the team and click Next gt New Team Wizard Select the adapters to include in this team Intel A PROVT000 MT Server Adapter Intel R PR01000 MT Server Adapter The list shows the adapters that are available for Advanced Metyrarking Services AMS teaming Adapters that da not support ANS teaming or that are already members of another ANS or Express team are unavailable and are not showen in the list When an adapter is added to an ANS team all pr
44. TRANSFORM A EXTENDER depending on the amount of video and RGB sources this is called Processor configuration Independent in which configuration TRANSForM A is setup both the user and the application software see one single display Installation operation and service do not differ from that of a standard Windows 2000 workstation or a Windows XP workstation respectively Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1111 22 2 Summary OmniBus configuration A TRANSFORM A configuration that uses OmniBus devices is referred to as OmniBus configuration It combines one Processor with up to four or five OmniBus A12 or OmniBus A18 devices The Processor is running the operating system and applications and controls the OmniBus devices where the graphical desktop is generated and inte grated with the video and RGB insertion data The Processor is equipped with link interface cards and optionally with network cards The OmniBus devices host Barcos graphics cards as well as video and RGB input cards Medium sized systems can be set up with a Processor and one single OmniBus For larger display walls with multi ple video or RGB sources the system can easily be expanded with up to five OmniBus devices OMNIBUS OMNIBUS PROCESSOR TCP IP Figure 2 1 48 channel TRANSForM A in OmniBus configuration
45. TransForm A PROCESSOR Mainboard mainboard information Hard Disk list of SMART attributes SMART attributes are manufacturer dependent avail able with AGS 3390 RAID Subsystem information about individual RAID disks Processor used processor Memory Array overall memory information memory capacity memory population Memory Device usage of the individual memory sockets System BIOS BIOS type and version Voltage Battery voltage of the battery not available in AGS 3390 Reading Current voltage voltage Sy voltage at the 5 V line not available in AGS 3390 Reading Current voltage Voltage 12V voltage at the 12 V line not available in AGS 3390 Reading Current voltage Fan CPU CPU fan not available in AGS 3390 Reading Current revolutions Temperature temperature at one of the 5 sensors on the mainboard not avail in AGS 3390 reading Current temperature Bandwidth current bandwidth consumption in the whole system Reading bandwidth consumption in Bytes s AGS SOs 0 OmNIBus A18 AGS 3335 OmniBus A18 with power modules that can be monitored as well AGS 3359 OmNniBus A12 Fan_BP left middle left middle or right fan seen from front of the device right fan is not available ro NE with AGS 3359 Reading Current revolutions PSU_BP_rdd power module only available in AGS 3335 Voltage 3 entries per power module for 3 3V 5V and 12V Reading Current voltage Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008
46. Transport UDP UDP for Transport RTP and Elementary RTP SkipAtStart for Elementary 4 else 0 2D wavelet UDP 0 0 auto ON 0 Use the encoder TCP port for TCP Startstring example Visiobox Signaling method is TCP signaling is supported mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 No usage of Advanced simple profile Encoder must be set to Send to Client IP 4 28 Encoder manufacturer type iMPath 11000 iMPath i4000 IndigoVision VideoBridge 8000 881 8000 882 IndigoVision VideoBridge 8000 882 JVC VN C655U LANACCESS onSafe MPEG2 LANACCESS onSafe MPEG4 Lenel Network vido recorder Mavix MediaRacer 100 MediaRacer 150 Mavix MediaRacer 100 MediaRacer 150 Mobotix D10Di FixDome M22 NiceVision Fast Video Security ENC 8M2 NiceVision Recorder Pro Optelecom NKF c15 c20 CS20 Optibase MGW3100 Path 1 Cx 1800 Pelco PelcoNet NET350 Pelco PelcoNet NET4001A Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 4 Operating compression IP Skip bytes Skip bytes Stream TCP PID algorythm protocol at start at end protocol mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 RTP UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 RTP or UDP has to be configured in accordance with the encoder configuration mpeg4 TCP 0 0 element ON 0 Use port 49500 for TCP for each encoder the streaming port must be differ ent TCP is enabled without sending a string The Barc
47. VIDEO CARD SVC 2 Streaming Video Card SVC 2 The STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 can be configured in two different modes list mode and ID selection mode These two modes differ in identifying the encoder type and compression algorithm either by a digit entered in the PID field or by selecting it from the Encoder Name list By doing so a principal selection is made In case that the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 is used in a system together with STREAMING VIDEO CARDS SVC 1 it is recommended to use ID selection mode e List mode Provides readable selections for encoder and compression algorithm selection List mode is supported from firmware 1 0 0 0 of the STREAMING VIDEO CARDS SVC 2 on e ID selection mode Enables to use one stream for STREAMING VIDEO CARDS SVC 1 and SVC 2 Stream A list of all video streams in alphabetic order Stream names have to start with a letter initial digits may not be used Decoder Control IP Address enter a unicast IP address to receive a unicast stream enter a multicast IP address to receive a multicast stream Port Stream port appendant to the IP address IP Protocol Not applicable but the default value udp should not be changed Stream Protocol Not applicable but the default value auto should not be changed PID ID selection mode A specific encoder configuration is selected by entering the suitable number Please se lect the respective configuration number from the encoder configuration list below List
48. an independent power net Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ 3 8 3 Getting started The expansion slots The OmniBus A12 provides 12 PCI slots 11 22 for insertion of UGX GRAPHIC CARD OMNISCALER QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD DUAL RGB INPUT CARD QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARD link CPU PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 PCI7 PCI8 PCI9 PCI10 PCI11 PCI 12 slot board Figure 3 9 numbering of slots on the back panel of OMNIBUS A12 Connector CPU board is reserved for the CPU board and connector link slot is reserved for the connection to Processor In the following sections reference is taken to the numbering of the PCI slots 1 12 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____1__1_1__1__1__1___ 3 9 3 Getting started 3 1 3 OmniBus A18 Each OmniBus A18 provides eighteen PCI expansion slots They can be used for Barco s UGX or AGX GRAPHIC CARDS OMNISCALERS QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS DUAL DVI INPUT CARD DUAL RGB INPUT CARDS STREAMING VIDEO CARDS and Quan SDI VIDEO CARDS Although the backplane of the OmniBus A18 is based on standard 64bit 66MHz PCI bus it is highly recommended to not insert other cards than those mentioned above Other cards will not work due to the missing driver support and there is also a risk to damage the OmniBus A18 or the inserted c
49. as the signal is found on that channel a video window showing the test picture pops up and the calibration procedure for that channel is executed When the analysis is ready the result is displayed in the command prompt window and the video window showing the text picture will be removed again e As soon as the text Remove test picture appears you can unplug the RGB signal and plug it to the next higher RGB channel RgbCal exe will detect it and continue without the need of interaction e Proceed like this untill all RGB channels are calibrated e If you want to skip an RGB channel for some reason press ESC when the application searches for the signal Calibration Files The created calibration files contain essentially the correction tables for ADC settings In addition they may con tain some metadata which is useful for error analysis The name of a calibration file is composed of the prefix RgbCal and the serial number of the corresponding input card The serial number is stored in the IDPROM of the card for more recent cards it is a 10 byte ASCII number and for other cards it is an 8 byte ASCII number called the tracking serial number For example RgbCal00000017 cal and RgbCal9290022478 cal are valid calibration file names The calibration files are saved in the windows driver directory Usually c windows system32 drivers Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____L
50. be released as well To achieve this log in as administrator and open the Device Manager as explained above Do a right click on the Team entry and select Properties The Team Properties dialog opens On the Settings tab click the Remove Team button After confirming another dialog the team gets removed and the network cards are again individually available TEAM Team 0 Properties General settings Advanced VLANs Driver Details intel Team Mode Adapter Fault Tolerance Adapters in team Intell RA PA0 1000 MT Server Adapter Standby IntellA PAO1000 MT Server Adapter Active lt i 2 Hew Team Remove Team Modify Team Test Switch Adapter Properties Lists the adapters that are members of the selected team and indicates their state Active The adapter is passing network a traffic In AFT mode only one adapter is Team Settings active the preferred primary adapter In IEEE 802 Sad mode adapters that are part Bit heiae ee Scere athe es ereelice w A Are you sure vou want to remove this team Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _______ 6 37 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 12 Genlock The refresh rate of the projection module is in general not synchronized to the refresh rate of the video As a result the display of the video can look jerky Gen
51. can be saved The timing and aspect ratio of the connected RGB signal are detected automati cally Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 4 3 4 Operating 4 1 8 Amount of video and RGB windows The number of video and RGB data that can be processed in TRANSForM A underlies the available bandwidth e In each OmniBus A18 there are 400 MBps available e In an OmniBus A12 the available bandwidth per card is usually at least 200 MBps depending on the overall configuration e Ina Processor configuration the system Processor and EXTENDER together provides 100 MBps and a single PROCESSOR AGS 3390 1 2 provides 200 MBps respectively The following table gives an overview about the bandwidth required for some standard window sizes In the last four columns there are in addition the maximal values for windows of that source type in the four different de vice types OMNIBUS A18 input card in OmniBus A12 Processor configuration and Processor AGS 3390 1 2 These values are valid if only windows with the specified properties are displayed type number of frame color bandwidth max amount of windows per PEGE tate CEPIN ES OmniBus A18 inputcardin Processor Processor Mele opel incon OmniBus Configuration AGS 3390 MBps A12 1 2 NTSC 640x480 30 16 19 2A RAG a2 5 10 PAL SECAM 720x540 25 16 20 20 4 2 5 10 HDTV 720p 1280x720 25 16 47 8 2 2 4 HDTV 720p 1280x720 30 16 56 7 2 1 3 HDTV 1080
52. case of signal loss Otherwise a blue window is displayed instead Displays the detected video standard Possible standards PAL NTSC Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 tH Y ______1____ 4 22 4 Operating Deinterlace not applicable Noise Reduction 0 applicable Edit Opens the Stream Parameter Editor to configure the STREAMING VIDEO CARD please see below Table 4 9 Video dialog box STREAMING VIDEO CARD Configuring Streaming Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 For each STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 and SVC 2 once the configuration parameters must be entered into the Board Settings dialog therefore select Board Settings from the Options menu MPG 301 Board Settings IP Configuration Address 192 168 190 45 Gateway 1 92 169 7 50 1 Netmazk 255 255 255 0 Decoder Configuration Algorithm PPE Firmware Kemmel work Yeron svez 1 0 0 0 Bitrate max 20000 kBit s Figure 4 8 Board Settings dialog of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 or SVC 2 IP Configuration Address IP address of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 and SVC 2 Each STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 and SVC 2 needs its own fixed IP address Netmask Netmask of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 and SVC 2 must be the same value for all cards Gateway Gateway must be the same value for all cards Even if the network does not require an indication of the Gateway a value must be filled in Decoder Configuration Algor
53. channels and video sources of the RGB and video input cards individual names can be assigned The names for the video channels can be used when starting a video window The names of the sources will be listed to select a source in the running video software For the naming procedure once a switcher definition file must be built and compiled After that the names are available The switcher definition file can be used to configure setups of different complexity From a single TRANSFoRM A system where the video sources are directly connected to the input cards up to the integrated usage of video switchers that enable to provide a lot of sources or the simultaneous usage of multiple TRANSForm A systems Here a simple configuration is explained The complete description of the switcher definition file can be found in section 6 1 3 Configuring video Primarily the switcher language compiler must be installed Therefore check if the following directory exists on the PROCESSOR c Program Files Barco SLC If the directory is missing first install the compiler Please refer to section 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language compiler In the directory are all files located that are needed to create the individual names e example vsw is an example for a switcher definition file You can either adopt this file to your configuration or create a new file Nevertheless the extension of the switcher definition file must be vsw e sic
54. clock up to 170 MHz input digital input Pixel clock up to ca 288 MHz input depending on the signal Single input mode up to 2048x2048 60 Hz analog input Pixel clock up to 340 MHz digital input Pixel clock up to 330 MHz Hsync Vsync Csync Sync on Green Sync level 1 V 5 V TIL 15 bpp 32K 16 bpp 64K 24 bpp 16M SDTV analog Composite S video HDTV analog and digital YPrPb YCrcb RGB RGB analog and digital PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 2 3 3 V 0 3 V 12 V 10 12 V 410 5V 2 8 A 3 3 V 3 5 A 12 V 100 mA 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 208 g 1 x 64 bit 3 3 5 V PCI edge connector 1 x DVI I dual link connector 1 x DVI I connector Table 7 11 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____L 7 6 Streaming Video Card J2K scaler CPU Frame Memory digital network carrier compression algorithm video formats bitrate supported encoders network transmission protocol connection protocols colors bus power supply operating conditions dimensions Weight connectors Dual RGB Input Card A D converter scaler CPU Frame Memory input colors internal frame rate input timing 1280x1024 60Hz and textmode 70Hz 2 X 1280x1024 60Hz 2 X 1280x1024 75Hz bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions weig
55. consists of two or more network cards of the same type either exclusively 10 100 Mbps network cards or exclusively 10 100 1000 Mbps network cards At least one of the cards must be a server adapter The other ones can be server or desktop adapters Nevertheless we recommend for a redundant network adapter to use exclusively server adapters to achieve an easy spare part handling Installing a network driver enabling teaming mode for Ethernet card 1000 Mbps The Ethernet card 1000 Mbps requires the Intel PROset driver 9 1 or newer for the configuration of the teaming mode TRANSForM A delivered with display driver release 3 6 or newer have this network driver already installed If you want to setup teaming mode with the Ethernet card 1000 Mbps on a system delivered at an earlier time first the network driver has to be installed This is explained in this section You find the driver on the TransForm A Suite CRS 3045 C under the following path 3rd Party Intel Ethernet Adapter 10 3 0 0 Double click the file pro2kxp91 exe On the InstallShield Wizard read the license agreement and then select I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next In the following you are prompted to enter a folder name for the driver files on the hard disk Accept the suggested name with Next aj Driverinstaller InstallShield Wizard aj Driverinstaller InstallShield Wizard License greement ri ea Location to Save Files Please read the Following license
56. dialogs A Preferences Language Bar Key Settings If the intended language is already in the Default input language list just select it Otherwise click the Add button and select the intended language from the Input language list and the type of the keyboard from the Keyboard layout IME list Click OK to confirm Add Input language Input lanquage German Germany v Keyboard layout IME German IBM v Now you can select the intended language from the Default input language list Click Apply Back on the for mer dialog choose the intended language also from the Language used in menus and dialogs list On the Regional Options tab select the intended language from the Standards and formats list and your pre sent location On the Advanced tab select the intended language also from the list for non Unicode programs and enable the Default user account settings When done click the Apply button Regional and Language Options Regional and Language Options Regional Options Languages Advanced Regional Options Languages Advanced Standards and formats Language for non Unicode programs This option affects how some programs format numbers currencies This system setting enables non Unicode programs to display menus dates and time and dialogs in their native language It does not affect Unicode Select an item to match its preferences or click Customize to choose programs bu
57. exe is the compiler The compiler can be started from the command line It checks syntax and structure of the configuration of the respective switcher definition file Depending on the option the result is displayed just on the display or it is directly edited to the registry e sic cfg provides information about used hardware components for the compiler This file must not be changed Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 4 13 4 Operating Example for the setup of the switcher definition file The switcher definition file consists of multiple sections Depending on the described system some sections can be left out or must be used Parts that are not used can as well be commented by means of the and char acters at the beginning respectively end of the commented part Twice a slash comments all characters to its right in the same line Here a simple example is given to explain the switcher definition file It consists of a TRANSFoRM A in OmniBus configuration with two QuAD ANALOG VIDEO Caros They are located in two different OmniBus devices Two channels of a card are grouped with the respective channels of the other card to show distributed video One card displays with the third channel an additional video window For this configuration the following sections are used e Grabber To each used input of the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS an individual name is assigned e D
58. exe is provided with TRANSForm A for controlling all these cards Even though each type of input card has its own tailored dialog for the different video and RGB signals in all cases the window to display a signal will be called video window The video windows can be scaled and moved within the projection cubes connected to that OmniBus OmniBus configuration or to the whole system Processor configuration In general downscaling of the data is performed by the input card upscaling is performed by the OmNISCALER unless otherwise mentioned 4 1 1 Quad Analog Video Card Four composite video sources can be connected to a QUAD ANALOG VIDEO Caro and displayed simultaneously 4 1 2 Streaming Video Card SVC 1 The STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 is able to decode and simultaneously display the following formats and amount of video streams MPEG 1 up to 4 streams all resolutions MPEG 2 up to 4 D1 streams or 4 CIF streams MPEG 4 part 2 up to 4 CIF streams or 3 2CIF streams or 1 2 4CIF streams if content is highly dynamic e g action movies it is recommended to decode 1 4CIF stream per board MPEG 4 h263 up to 4 CIF streams or 4 2CIF streams or 4 4CIF streams MJPEG up to 4 CIF streams or 2 4 4CIF streams AXIS 4 CIF streams 75 quality 25 compression MxPEG up to 4 CIF streams or 2 1280x576 streams Visiowave 1 3 D1 streams or up to 4 CIF streams depends on resolution TRANSFORM SCN 1 stream All streams decoded by one card must have been enc
59. extended and stored in a user de fined preset file xxx prs as described below Setting up a test pattern For configuring the DUAL RGB INPUT CARD or Duar DVI INPUT CARD for analog RGB or YUV input it is useful to have a suitable test pattern basically thin black and white vertical lines Windows 95 98 Close applications and switch desktop pattern to alternating one pixel wide Windows NT 2000 XP black and white vertical lines Macintosh PowerMacintosh Sun Workstation In console window emdtool enter xsetroot mod 4 4 enter xsetroot mod 4 4 for removing the pattern again Others Display text which contains many HHHHHHH Table 4 19 Adjusting the preset e Setup a suitable test pattern on the connected computer e Start the video software e Make sure that the signal is displayed in standard size and ratio by pressing the F8 key on the keyboard of the PROCESSOR e Inthe Input list of the video dialog box click 1 RGB e In the Preset list click Auto A preset is applied automatically The name of this preset is shown in the Preset box e Check the displayed monitor signal If it is displayed in proper quality the configuration of the DUAL RGB INPUT Card is finished e lf the image is displayed jerkily increasing the value for Reduction can solve this If the monitor signal is not yet displayed in proper quality you have to adjust the pre configured timing trol B 10242700 1 00c Figure 4 19 Automatically sele
60. first time into operation the presets contained in this file will be written to the registry The registry is the location where the active presets are stored With a new release of the display driver there might also come an updated default preset file This file replaces the former default preset file but these presets are not automatically stored as active presets to prevent your own customized active presets from being overwritten Instead please use the Import Export filter as explained below to import additional useful presets within your active presets From the File menu choose Import Export Presets to manage the presets Import Export Presets f Active Presets f PRS File Select File 10245 76545H2 Figure 4 23 Managing presets Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 4 43 4 Operating Default Presets The file rgb3010 prs is provided together with the display driver and is identical to the Active Presets when using the input card for the first time This file cannot be changed Active Presets A new preset is stored in the Active Presets The Active Presets are stored in the reg istry All modifications of a preset are instantly executed and stored without any Save command These presets will also be available after restarting TRANSFORM A PRS File A prs file is a user defined preset file which can be imported and exported Click Select File t
61. following simple rule brings good results For all resolutions smaller than 1600x1200 32 bpp use device bitmaps else do not use device bitmaps Please refer to 6 1 2 Registry reference for further details about memory management UseDeviceBitmaps Perform transparent bitblit in hardware This option has no effect on the display properties of TRANSFORM A Synchronize with graphics engine With this option not selected the graphic performance can be increased accepting a longer interrupt time Default selected Effective after rebooting Table 3 8 Extensive graphic operations may cause modem data loss lost bytes In this case the Synchronize with graphic engines option can be selected Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _ ______ 3 56 3 Getting started Enable write combining With this option selected write combining is enabled on CPUs with Pentium Pro Pentium II Pentium III Pen tium IV or Celeron processor Default selected Effective after rebooting Table 3 9 Write combining enables the CPU to transfer images to the graphical boards faster but may cause rendering er rors if used with incompatible hardware PCI mapping cache size The amount of memory available for PCI mapping cache can be entered in the PCI mapping cache size text box The value is specified in Megabytes Value A bd Default 64 Effective after rebooting Table 3 10 The PCI
62. frg18 frg19 frg30 frg31 frg32 frg33 ifrg34 frg35 frg36 frg37 s frg38 frg39 frg50 frg51 frg52 frg53 frg54 frg55 frg56 frg57 frg58 frg59 11214 1112 2 H112 3 113 0 H1131 113 2 1I13 3 111 2 Hi 11 3 1142 0 7112 4 H112 2 jh 12 3 HI 13 0 Hi 13 1 HI 13 2 Hi 13 3 115 2 7115 3 116 0 116 1 MI16 2 116 33 1117 0 1117 1 117 2 7117 3 I frg1 frg2 19 1 19 2 frg3 frg4 frg5 19 3 110 0 110 1 N AN h a SP x aZ N A az N h P h x LLL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ii ff OmNIBus 3 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 S OmNIBUS 4 13 14 15 16 17 OmNIBuS 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 o A ol o N 8 9 10 11 oo O O O O O O O 1 I I I i O O O O O O O O O I I H I G G G o 00000 O OOI t tit il V FS S S S o S S amp o 4 h d T F V h T S S S G w _ Y F S o YS wT YS S T YT FFS k v F S OmniBus 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 o N o A o1 o N PCI G G G GA GA G G G G G G PROCESSOR d Figure 3 48 large system configuration Four OmNIBus devic
63. loss of perform ance for some graphic operations Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __________1_ 6 5 6 Advanced configuration SynchronizeEngine With the SynchronizeEngine entry in the registry the graphic performance can be increased accepting a longer interrupt time Name SynchronizeEngine Typ DWORD Value oor1 Default 0 Effective after rebooting Table 6 7 Please refer to section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver for more details Synchronize with graphics engine UseDeviceBitmaps Whether device bitmaps off screen video memory are used or not is stored as UseDeviceBitmaps in the registry Name UseDeviceBitmaps Typ DWORD Value O 10f800000 B000000 hex 8 176MB Default i Effective after rebooting Table 6 8 Please refer to section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver for more details Use device bitmaps If the use of device bitmaps is activated the display driver attempts to store the bitmaps in the physical memory of the graphic cards If this memory is not sufficient system memory is used beyond Paged Pool which could lead to conflicts with system processes The paged pool is managed by Windows and only released to a specific amount It is advisable to increase this storage space from OMB dynamic management to the maximum 192MB co00000 hex This is set in the registry editor under the following path HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Syst
64. lt x N I 720x480 30i 864 720 525 480 33350 35 145 0 1 1 Zoe ls a27 720x480 60p 880 7 720 525 480 16670 37 142 0 1 1 22 1 127 720x576 25i 8 2 720 625 576 39990 41 156 0 1 1 ls pee 720x576 50p 896 720 625 576 19990 43 156 0 1 1 22 bs Ie 1280x720 50p 1984 1280 750 720 19980 22 264 0 1 1 o ila IZ 1280x720 60p 1704 1280 750 720 16670 22 292 0 1 1 22 IS i27 1920x1080 25i 2664 1920 1125 1080 39980 34 204 0 1 1 7A oy wl Pays 1920x1080 30i 2240 1920 1125 1080 33350 36 217 0 1 1 22 Lo a7 Table 7 15 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 7 2 Interfaces Seen from outside TransForm A UGX Graphic Card digital and analog out 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 GND shield return for 5V Hsync and Vsync 0 green GND 0 Hsync 0 Vsync GND GND 1 Vsync 1 Hsync GND 1 green GND 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 0 Datal 0 Data1 0 Clock 0 Clock 0 Hot Plug detect 0 LED PGA Scaler detect 1 LED PGA 1 Hot Plug detect 1 Clock 1 Clock 1 Data1 1 Data1 A A O 0I i OO o 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 16 m 15 30 0 Data0 0 Data0 0 Data2 0 Data2 Int Scaler 1 Data2 1 Data2 1 Data0 1 Data0 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows D
65. manual all hyperlinks appear teal CO Names of files and parts from programs are printed in the Courier font Courier bold Inputs you are supposed to do from the keyboard are printed in Courier bold font F K rA A CWO Within a piece of programming code this arrow marks a line that must be made up in two lines though meant to be one line If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk of damage to the equipment If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk of electrical shock and danger to personal health If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk of damage to parts which are sensitive towared electrostatic charge If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk to get harmed by sharp objects If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk that parts may explode If you do not heed instructions indicated by this symbol there is a risk that hot parts impact persons or objects The sheet icon indicates additional notes Next to this icon you find further information This icon marks tips Next to this icon you find important notes Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 1 3 1 Introduction 1 3 Safety instructions This section describes safety precautions which must be observed when installing and operat
66. numbers slot 7 9 Having an OmNniBus A12 with seven up to twelve expansion cards e The expansion cards are inserted as described in the service manual with the only difference that the OMNISCALERS are omitted Respect the other general instructions for insertion of expansion cards given in the Service manual Make sure that any actions at the open device are carried out by qualified service personnel special requirements also some subtle configurations might exist In case of doubt contact the Q These rules are a suggestion for best performance for an OmNiBus A12 in plain video mode For Barco support please refer to section 8 3 Contact Functionality of video RGB windows Video windows of plain video behave the same way like standard video using OMNISCALERS except for the follow ing items e Upscaling Video data can only be displayed 1 1 or downscaled Downscaled window content requires less bandwidth Therefore only the actually displayed pixels must be considered when calculating the bandwidth If anyhow the video window is dragged larger than 1 1 then the video itself will remain as 1 1 image cen tered in the window surrounded by black pixels e Zooming Cropping Zooming and cropping is only useful as long as the video window is not larger than the standard size e Pixel Format The pixel format is by default 16 bit RGB The Scaler settings dialog box cannot be displayed and the pixel format cannot be select
67. oe SES a E a o digit 0 Yo name alpha alpha digit dev_name name name string name any number digit digit eq bits 4 Pon parity t n te to SCOpb Tes a TLS Tf Ries ji tae file name name name sw_types dev_name frg_types dev_name Sw_name dev_name cmp_name string sw_dev sw_type number number listname string sourcename string dfrg_name dev_name frg_name dev_name frg_dev cmp_name frg_type number Sw_output Ssw_name sw_dev number Sw_input sw_output frg_input frg_name frg_dev number file section section include switcher computer grabber dfrg sourcelist routes cables include include file name switcher switcher sw_name sw_def computer computer cmp_name cmp_def grabber grabber frg_name grabber_def dfrg dfrg dfrg_name dfrg_def sourcelist sourcelist listname source_def routes routes route_def cables cables cable_def sw_def device connection baudrate type inputs outputs level videotype S host port remotetype cmp_def hostname ipaddress host cmp_name hostname name eq name ipaddress ipaddress eq ip_def port port eq number ipdef
68. of any kind on the product Should any liquid or solid object fall into the cabinet unplug the set and have it checked by qualified service personnel before resuming operations Lightning For extra protection for this video product during a lightning storm or when it is lift unattended and unused for a long period of time unplug it from the wall outlet This will prevent damage to the unit due to lightning and AC power line surges Due to high touch current the OmniBus A12 and the OmniBus A18 is intended to be used in a location having equipotential bonding The building installation shall provide a means for connection to protective earth The equipment is to be connected to that means A service person shall check whether or not the socket outlet from which the equipment is to be powered provides a connection to the building protective earth If not the service person shall arrange for the installa tion of a protective earthing conductor from the separate protective earthing terminal to the protective earth wire in the building 1 3 3 Unpacking of devices Note advises on the packaging for unpacking 1 3 4 Installation Do not place this unit on an unstable cart stand or table The unit may fall causing serious damage to it Do not use this unit near water Use only the power cord supplied with your unit While appearing to be similar other power cords have not been safety tested at the factory and may not be used to power the un
69. respectively e CRS 3045 C TRANSForM A Suite for Windows 2000 XP Boot sequence In the BlOS settings set the boot sequence to 1 Floppy 2 ATAPI CD ROM 3 IDE Hard Drive If the hard disk is already partitioned you have to press a key when the text Press any key to boot from CD ap pears If the hard disk is not yet partitioned the system boots automatically from CD Partition size When you are asked for the partition size create a partition with address c The size of this partition must be at least 8 GB Format this partition in NTFS file system If there is already a partition with these properties it is nev ertheless recommended to reformat it Boot sequence When rebooting change again the boot sequence in the BlOS settings to 1 Floppy 2 IDE Hard Drive 3 ATAPI CD ROM Windows 2000 XP boots now from the hard disk BIOS settings With AGs 3390 1 2 please make sure that the following BIOS parameters are set as given below Advanced Boot Features Quiet Boot Mode Disabled Power Loss Control Stay Off POST Errors Disabled PCI Configuration Default Primary Video Adapter Other ROM Scan Ordering Addon First Hardware Monitor Fan Speed Control Modes 5 4 pin Workstation Processsor options execute disable bit Disabled Licensing Amongst other you will be prompted to insert the license number of your Windows 2000 xP The license number is labeled on the inside of the front flap of the Processor After the system
70. serial interface with its user accessible name as defined in section computer Only used with multiple computers Port Port number at the server to connect to video switcher Master and sub devices need sepa rate port numbers Only used with multiple computers RemoteType Reserved for advanced configuration Table 6 17 Switcher vsw0 Device vsw2974 0 Connection com2 Inputs 4 Outputs 4 Videotype rgbhv Host server Port 4999 Switcher vsw1 Device vsw2974 0 1 Outputs 12 Videotype svideo Port 5000 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 tH _______ 6 12 6 Advanced configuration Computer Each section beginning with Computer defines the name and optionally the IP address of every Processor that will control the switcher Computer Name IPAdress Computer Name The name inserted in quotes is the user defined name Name of the computer in the domain Optional if the IP address is indicated it is taken to identify the computer instead of Name server IPAddress Computer Name Board Table 6 18 processor l 150 158 181 149 orocessor 2 processor Z For each STREAMING VIDEO CARD in the system the settings can be defined in a Board section Alternatively they can be configured with the software video exe please refer to section 4 3 5 Displaying sources of Streami
71. side there is optionally the floppy disk drive 9 followed by the DVD ROM drive 11 and below it the hard disk drive 10 There are hard disks with parallel ATA PATA and serial ATA SATA available They come as standard hard disks RAID 1 hard disk system or RAID 5 hard disk system PATA hard disks might be used in Processor models AGs 3328 AGS 3389 OF AGS 3390 SATA hard disks might only be used in Processor models AGS 3389 and AGS 3390 The figure above front view of the Processor includes the SATA standard hard disk drive The SATA hard disk for AGs 3389 or AGS 3390 has on its left side of the front a lock which prevents from un mounting the hard disk unintentionally While turning the lock it is easily possible to un mount the hard disk Therefore only turn the lock if the Processor is switched off Figure 3 2 SATA hard disk Each SATA RAID 5 hard disk provides three LED s at the front of the removable frame If the red LED lightens per manently this indicates that this particular hard disk has failed and should be replaced The extensive documentation of the LED codes can be found on the documentation CD of the RAID system Please note for the SATA RAID 5 systems A hard disk is already switched off by turning the frame lock key Never remove more than one hard disk while the system is running Never remove any hard disks while the system is in rebuilt mode or switched off Otherwise the system will crash and i
72. test image Prepare the external computer to provide an RGB signal that contains the test image e Copy TestImage exe to the computer acting as RGB source The file is located on the CD TransForm A Suite CRS 3045 C in the i386 directory of the current display driver suite Windows Driver Suite Kadi lt CDR drive gt Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X i386 e Switch the resolution of the computer to 1024x768 pixels and the color depth to 32 bit e Start Test Image exe with a double click on the file The test picture appears at the upper left corner of the desktop as shown in the figure below Asar SOA F Pw B Tiroox mes yess se S USSO HOD 6 Figure 6 12 Test image on the external computer e No further installation is necessary Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 6 48 6 Advanced configuration e Onanotebook make sure that the graphics output is also provided on the VGA output e When calibration is done close the TestImage application by selecting it from the taskbar with a mouse click and then press the F4 key while you keep the ALT key pressed Readjust original resolution and color depth Q Do NOT overlay the test picture of the RGB source on the external computer with any other win dow Checking RGB presets Check on all RGB channels if the RGB signal of the external computer is displayed properly e Conne
73. that enables a hardware device to work with Sy an operating system This wizard upgrades drivers for the following hardware device m BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Upgrading to a newer version of a device driver may add functionality to or improve the performance of this device What do you want the wizard to do Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that can choose a specific driver i Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 Advanced configuration This opens the Hardware Update Wizard It asks first for permission to use also the Windows Update Web site for to search for a suitable driver Click No not this time to prevent this and then Next gt Then select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and click Next gt to continue Hardware Update Wizard Welcome to the Hardware Update Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Windows Update Web site with your permission Read our privacy policy Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software O Yes this time only O Yes now and every time connect a device Click Next to continue Hardware Update Wizard This wizard helps you install software for BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281
74. two input modes Dual input mode to display two signals simultaneously and single input mode for specially demanding sources The mode is automatically switched depending on the signal that is ap plied at In 1 In single input mode the second input is not available dual input mode single input mode In 1 analog signals up to 170 MHz pixel clock analog signals up to 340 MHz pixel clock digital signals up to about 288 MHz pixel clock digital signals up to 330 MHz pixel clock In 2 analog signals up to 170 MHz pixel clock digital signals up to 165 MHz pixel clock 3 Table 4 1 Input modes of DuaL DVI INPUT CARD The Duar DVI Input Caro has an automated static frame rate reduction depending on number and type of the sig nals it processes please see the table below static frame rate reduction signals lt 1280x720 60 50 Hz 1 signals between 1280x720 60 50 Hz and 1920x1080 60 50 Hz 1 2 signal gt 1920x1080 60 50 Hz 1 4 Table 4 2 Static frame rate reduction for Dual DVI Input Card The video software allows selecting additionally a dynamic frame rate reduction of the source which must be multiplied by the static frame rate reduction to obtain the overall frame rate reduction 4 1 7 Dual RGB Input Card The DUAL RGB INPUT CARD digitizes one or two analog monitor signals It supports two monitor signals with a pixel frequency between 10 MHz and 135 MHz The most common VESA timings are stored as presets In addition user defined timings
75. xP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the software vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway i STOP Installation i Figure 3 57 Windows logo testing only with Windows XP The files will be copied to your system This may last a few minutes Installing BARC Installing inf server2974 Figure 3 58 copying files The system will prompt you to restart the computer For further configuration you have to reboot now Therefore click Yes System Settings Change P You must restart your computer before the new settings will take I effect Do you want to restart your computer nove Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 53 3 Getting started Finishing the installation When the system has come up a dialog warns about invalid display settings Confirm it with OK Invalid Display Settings A A new graphics driver has been installed The default display resolution from the driver has been temporarily used by the system Please use the Display option in the Windows Control Panel to select your preferred display resolution The
76. 16 connection cable interface ceeeeeeeeeees 7 17 control panel dialog DOX ou ees eceseseeeeneees 3 55 CO eer are urea ea eaeree nad eureaien ere e ose ener 6 8 CPU DOI iconii a 3 30 CRT MonNItOr projector oe cece eeeeees 2 2 3 57 OS VING EEE TN O T O eee 32527327 CULSOFOM VIOO O an A 3 63 OBS E E E E A E ie seo NT 3 21 RA E EA TE ne ponent ny E Pree E rer eee 3 21 DUC eaaa aa AAA 4 37 TRZA OA a E nresetn Wrteemn rarer Crr mn 3 60 Deinstallation of the display driver 6 6 24 Deinstallation of the video configuration 6 25 desktop MEAD SIZES c caucciarteccere a stecdenccmsaiontesinecees 6 9 device DIUM AD moccan 3 56 6 6 Device EXDIOED sccvsssdssctsascienshnchieaeieaesensesderebamareeds 6 39 OE Kaos cepa eaten acenceti cna cteseeanva A 6 39 DERG corun eea vedere aaa eaea ads eno TE 6 15 display driver COMTI QUE DO eieren aan 3 55 insertion of new components ccceeeees 6 31 display driver deinstallation eee 6 24 display DIODET UES c ssacsaassarssaaansasecassanqeesaonnesans 3 55 display Wallise n 2 2 9 Index EE E INE E E esonpontnacsnats 3 18 CONT OUO e eens Retieeteeeneael ace 3 58 distributed video CONTOU saaran 6 10 EIU E S durnmnsuchacsocdessnepisesiuemensaeiantss 4 8 DE A A EE E I A T tucaaaeaes 2 2 GOCUMCTLAU OW eena a AAE 1 8 Dual DVI Input Card channel video uu eee eeeeeesecescesecseeeseeseesseeseeesceaees 4 7 COMM GQUPAUIOIN pnis inset tracts stestiadetel
77. 1800 1800 1800 1856 1856 1856 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 2048 2048 2048 2048 V TOT 1066 1066 1066 1072 1087 1067 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1304 1394 1417 1411 1490 1499 1503 1439 1450 1500 1118 1128 1242 1253 1260 1500 1500 1600 1589 1595 2114 V_SIZE 1024 1024 1024 1024 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1050 1344 1344 1344 1440 1440 1440 1392 1392 1392 1080 1080 1200 1200 1200 1440 1440 1536 1536 1536 2046 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 148 49 72 67 50 59 63 47 58 107 38 48 42 53 60 59 60 63 53 59 59 H POS 360 392 384 391 359 496 496 496 496 496 479 528 568 462 474 471 466 522 478 576 494 498 496 499 497 552 502 600 534 534 709 7 Technical appendix H POL ee ee a ee ee prem ens em atc fell mice ell e al Perens Bam te ess Ol cere V_POL El Pe SS os 6 SIS ed I aK gt UN Sa Fal ee FO FROR a Ya PUR gt BaP em I gt ya eB mG SE Ba ae IR Se i ae Fae a I a aK S ea Ja et cm Ya em IT SYNC_MODE W ADC_PHASE NO CO ON 15 15 15 15 mek ON SON ONG Fes Table 7 14 Vie 7 Technical appendix Presets for component formats YUV with Duar DVI INPUT CARD a Ll Lu Lu O AN 2i O LLI me s 2z p Da e a e te ey ae z N T a ee a a A Z gt O O zE ar gt gt gt gt E T gt WN
78. 2 J2K video OFF connected with 10 Mbps SVC 1 J2K control 100 Mbps SVC 2 J2K video 5 stream 1 is active 6 stream 2 is active 7 stream 3 is active 8 stream 4 is active Figure 3 28 connectors of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 left SVC 2 middle J2K right Order For the order in that the input cards are inserted into TRANSForm A please see section 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the STREAMING VIDEO CarD please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______1__1__ 3 23 3 Getting started 3 2 9 Quad SDI Video Card The QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD provides the capability of displaying SDI video signals The digital video signals are proc essed for further usage in TRANSFoRM A Four video signals per QuAD SDI ViDEO CARD can be processed simultane ously Standards The QUAD SDI VIDEO CarD supports the standard SMPTE 259M C 4 2 2 270Mbps only Connectors The QUAD SDI ViDEO CARD has four BNC connectors to connect four SDI sources To each input there is a LED associ ated green LED channel 1 green LED channel 2 green LED channel 3 green LED channel 4 SDI input channel 1 SDI input channel 2 SDI input channel 3 SDI input channel 4 not used wo ON AOU BhWN Figure 3 29 connectors of the Quan SDI VIDEO CARD Order For the order in that the input cards are ins
79. 32 video freeze4 19 4 21 4 22 4 31 4 34 4 35 4 38 VIGCO SO WAIT n6aus Sete cdhealuninie elotenens 4 9 ODON aona iaaedltastbuenestheeRiealasiagestders 4 10 video switcher CONGU NO seanar 6 10 CAUTE uan 4 7 video ZOO Mikas ai eakenuiaansaetas 4 19 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1__1__1___1___1__ 9 3 9 Index VS WING cctactatnassdcctoniccntna ater senator ueeietnetes 3 25 3 27 write combining cis icr cacssteedasstdur edesgetancesavoncsers 3 57 6 7 Wall configuration ec eeeeeeeeseseceeeeseeeeeeeenees 3 59 ie ea celeb cata R 3 21 WADU a me neem Sn eet Se es TESS Hes Sens a 2 2 LOOM Stee ire eae 4 19 Windows XP activation uo eee cece ees cess eeeees 6 32 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______LLLL _ 9 4
80. 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1___1___1__1_ 9 1 graphic channel ND GIN aaia R 3 60 ASSIGINIMEN Carnico E 3 18 gray scale a5 sid octoctcssenshadadensacesavestdedoatentssanesteais 3 57 6 8 GEESE GONG cei a 6 8 Rard disk OVE avisen sasnculeaintates aoveuseetantavassede 3 3 hardware infOrMation ccccceescssceseessceeeseens 3 57 hot plug hard disk OVE sanen 3 2 power MMOGUIC irs consvesteeatiucactedeare cesioecsedennatan 3 13 DOWEL SUD DIY cursis 3 5 PIS WING mescere hia tetiagerbnndlGbeagechbed s 9 23p3 27 DEUC E i a rE teeters 4 2 distributed VIG EO secare 4 8 installation additional components cece eeeeseeseeeseeeee 6 31 OPE SUING SVSLCM seri 6 26 KEV DOUG aranna asad 3 6 3 15 oe OAR IN ENI meena tem ern nen ce 7 16 keyboard extension cceccccceseessessceseessceseeseens 3 16 keyboard shortcuts oo cece cccesceseessceseesscsseeseens 4 19 LAN ssacgaslese sieberiana sistalag E saueban eee 2 2 3 29 LED primary graphic adapter cece eeeeeees 3 18 LEA ena T TTN 3 16 local extension DOK davicsicenaisedvadigiacevsacdowtueesinieneass 3 16 lock keyboard switch s s sesssenssensnssesesesnesesnesees 3 3 MINS CONC CHOM oero 3 6 MANEN CC eai a 5 1 ARTERE S EAE EE T EIE AE ET A T 1 8 BTS 8 9119 0 Cahe ea ER 6 5 memory management esseere 6 6 6 9 monitoring Or System ESOUICES ceeseeereeees 6 39 MOUS Cone E 3 5 3 15 3 16 PS72 interface niea n 7 16 multi monit
81. 328 2 3 and AGS 3390 1 2 provide each six PCI expansion slots for insertion of PCI expan sion cards Whereas the Processor AGS 3389 provide four PCI expansion slots for insertion of PCI expansion cards and three PCI Express expansion slots for insertion of 3 party expansion cards The slots are numbered in the following way if looking from the back to the Processor 2 PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI CI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCI PCle PCle PCle P x16 x1 x1 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 or 4 2 3 1 6 5 Figure 3 6 numbering of expansion slots on the back panel of the PROCESSOR AGS 3328 2 3 left or AGS 3389 middle or AGS 3390 1 2 right above may not be used for input cards due to mechanical requirements In a configuration where all PCI slots are used the input card may be inserted into the PCI slot of an Q With AGS 3390 1 2 in Processor configuration the PCI slot no 5 as numbered in the figure OmniScaler instead In the following sections reference is taken to the numbering of the slots Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 6 3 Getting started 3 1 2 OmniBus A12 Each OmniBus A12 provides twelve PCI expansion slots They can be used for Barco s UGX GRAPHIC CARDS OMNISCALERS QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS DUAL DVI INPUT CARDS DUAL RGB INPUT CARDS STREAMING VIDEO CARDS and Quan SDI VIDEO CARDS Altho
82. 64 16666 14286 13333 11765 15152 13158 16670 13333 11765 16670 14286 16666 14286 13333 11764 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 129 34 39 113 40 39 39 39 50 H POS 137 160 137 160 144 168 184 136 154 180 200 216 184 240 216 232 296 280 272 304 282 28 384 297 311 278 32 7 324 328 327 408 424 329 386 384 7 Technical appendix H POL COI Ree me VAN ge el ea ee ee gt ere ai came Oe coe le remy ct ce ee reese a Vemma am S S a eer a a ee ee oe S V_POL SO a FN goat SE I lt a gt i RE SAN ey I SOIRS MRR OO FRO ROCO Re SP a at SI ORO Nr OROFO FORO a ee a SYNC_MODE ADC_PHASE 7 8 1280x1024 60Hz 1280x1024 70Hz 1280x1024 75Hz 1280x1024 85Hz 1400x1050 60Hz 1400x1050 70Hz 1600x1200 60Hz 1600x1200 65Hz 1600x1200 70Hz 1600x1200 75Hz 1600x1200 85Hz 1680x1050 60Hz 1792x1344 60Hz 1792x1344 75Hz 1792x1344 85Hz 1800x1440 60Hz 1800x1440 70Hz 1800x1440 75Hz 1856x1392 60Hz 1856x1392 72Hz 1856x1392 75Hz 1920x1080 60Hz 1920x1080 75Hz 1920x1200 60Hz 1920x1200 75Hz 1920x1200 85Hz 1920x1440 60Hz 1920x1440 75Hz 2048x1536 45HzZ 2048x1536 60HZ 2048x1536 66HZ 2048x2048 45HZ coe BA pees I ee OE ce OE ee Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee PLL_DIVIDER H_SIZE 1280 1280 1280 1280 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1680 1792 1792 1792
83. 66 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 7 2 UGX Graphic Card graphic accelerator local CPU resolution amp colors analog 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1280x960 1280x1024 1600x1200 1920x1440 resolution amp colors digital video output stage bus connection supply voltage current consumption operating conditions dimensions weight plugs OmniScaler video RGB input format data input format data output format video source RAM bus connection supply voltage current consumption operating conditions dimensions weight plugs 7 Technical appendix 4xRadeon 7500 with 4x32 MB RAM 64 bit RISC processor with 64 MB SDRAM 8bpp 15 bpp 16 bpp 24 bpp 32 bpp 85 HZ 85 HZ 85 HZ 85 HZ 85 Hz 85 Hz 60 Hz 8 bpp 15 bpp 16 bpp 32 bpp up to 1920x1080 60Hz or 1920x1200 50Hz pixel clock digital 165 MHz pixel clock analog max 350 MHz PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 5 3 3 V 0 3 V 5 V max 2 5 A 3 3 V max 1 6 A 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm with ISA retainer and front plate 352 18 mm x121 92 mm 280 g 1 64 32bit Dual Voltage Signaling PCI edge connector 2 Dual DVI connector Table 7 5 YUV4 2 2 XRGB8 8 8 8 RGB8 8 8 RGB5 6 5 24 bpp PanelLink 24 bpp PanelLink in the resolution and timing of the input up to 1280x1024 AGX 3002 up to 1920x1200 AGX 3313 64 MB DDR SDRAM 64 bit PCI bus 32bit 33 MH
84. ARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 2 BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 gt Driver Provider BARCO Daver etic ae RAARO Driver Date Not available Driver Date 12 15 2004 Driver Version 3 538 0 0 Driver Version 3 597 0 0 Digital Signer Not digitally signed Digtal Signer Not digitally signed To view details about the driver files loaded for this device click Driver Details To uninstall the driver files for this device click Uninstall To update Driver Details oe the driver files for this device click Update Driver ii To view details about the driver files Update Driver To update the driver for this device If the device fails after updating the driver roll a ea back to the previously installed driver Uninstall To uninstall the driver Advanced Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL 6 19 This starts the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Click Next to continue with the driver update Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Welcome to the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard This wizard helps you upgrade a device driver for a hardware device To continue click Next lt Back On the next window select the choice Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that I can choose a specific driver and click Next Upgrade Device Driver Wizard J Install Hardware Device Drivers Pha tan A device driver is a software program
85. B port of the Processor with the provided USB cable which has on the one end a USB A plug and on the other a USB B plug N l N 4 6 i i 1 l E N O i a ey m 7 a l mR am E L g d 3 i 5 i l i M H I 0 i S l T 6 _ L o l o E nes l n Emis d l mae t Ld l i d A 1 oy Meee 1 2 4 NL 1 mouse 2 keyboard 3 remote extension box REX 4 RJ 45 connection cable 20 m or optionally 50 m 5 local extension box LEX 6 USB cable 7 USB jacks at the back of the Processor Figure 3 19 USB Keyboard extension The RJ 45 connection cable is not meant to connect REX and LEX via a network The RJ 45 connectors of LEX and REX must be connected directly with each other Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 Getting started 3 2 5 Graphic cards The DDC capable UGX Grapuic Caros provide the facility for connecting Barco projection modules digital mode or for connecting CRT monitors or projectors analog mode to TRANSFormM A By means of a rotary switch on the boards it can easily be switched to the appropriate mode For digital output resolutions up to 1920x1200 can be processed For TRANSForRM A systems with digital output and video or RGB insertions the output of the graphic cards is led over to OMNISCALERS and then connected to the display device Please refer to section 3 2 6 Omni
86. Ch EI E a AARAA AAAA ANA AA AAN AA ANANA AEN AA AAAA AEN AAE A A 3 1 SAE NN aae T E uocctesuatedce tebasdanenes 372 Sele POCO SS OM ae A cat rears eee ace cease caret Otc cient teeter A 32 Se eZ OBS Za a EN a N a a 3 7 SS OMNIBUSA To ounan aa a a a a a a ean euoneuetanens 3 10 AEN a E E Ae oe RTD ee OP ee en 3 13 PCD MN secesteress Saltash as aa ate ga tela enh eae cts aah alee a all Moneta tata taht 3 15 LEPOON E UB D by aera tence ner ner E nO Re eee EE ne P 3 15 D2 2 MOUS Cricri a T E A A A 3 15 Be PD CE Ba ST E EAEE IPAE T A EE NEIE TAA E EE AE IEA E E E 3 15 PLAK YBO EERS A 3 16 BZ PAC C ra A eee wea me ca te 3 17 BZ GO OMNIS lE aaa a a aa A n 3 19 2227 Oud ANIO Video C Ideni T T E T eae aetna 3 21 ERA E EA EE E E ener AEE E E A EEA E rae 3 22 8 29 OlldG SOI VIGGO CAd anuna EE N 3 24 32 10 DUI l DVI DUT Co eN 3 25 AA DUP OPADU 1 Ora cre R T eer er ee nee ee 3 27 321A WOOF IO Cabs st5bisecdascuctncsatttchdesaiancagat 3 28 2 A NENO aaa a oe en PTC NOPE A EA OS 3 29 BAA CPU BOS osetia Oretachi chee clean eee lates Pe clea tenia tat esc i ens reset ee nag 3 30 Ber AO MMMM E EAE E EEA E E PE EE PE TATE nea ried EEEE meant E 3 32 E PAKA o pater E EL EENE EN EA EEEE AE N E LEE EE EET 3 34 3217 EMDE CONMGULAU ONS Gosa EEE E S E OER 3 36 SEE R U E A A A E A A E E EA AE A A T E E T E 3 41 JI al CO MMC GUNG eiatratces a teccen tune ona contcueees cota eee ducestimtectas 3 41 Jo ASW DINT Ol 2s hah cten teal bint tatenadia a a e a a a 3 41 33 SW
87. Column counted from left to right counting starts with 0 1 is used if the channel is not connected to the display wall Identifies the type of the graphic card by the first four digits of the ident num ber Index of the OmniBus counting starts with 1 only in an Omnibus cont PCI slot used for this card counting starts with 0 OmniBus configuration Index of the graphic channel within one OmniBus Processor configuration Index of the graphic channel system wide Counting starts with 0 Identifies the type of the OmniScALer by the first four digits of the ident number Index of the OmniBus counting starts with 1 only in an Omnibus cont PCI slot used for this card counting starts with 0 OmniBus configuration Index of the channel within one OMNIBUS Processor configuration Index of the channel system wide Counting starts with 0 Table 6 29 DEX entries of output channels Input channels lists all input channels available on the system without considering whether there is a signal applied or not Per Duar DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPuT Carb there are two channels considered for the other input cards there are 4 channels considered The table below shows the entries available with an input channel and its meaning Entry B BoardType M BoardType BP Index Connector Position Devindex Name Status Bandwidth meaning Identifies the type of the base board of the input card by the first four digits of the i
88. ES In the section CABLES the cabling is exactly described To each video source defined in Sourcelist not the Sourcelist itself must be assigned the input of an input card For the numbering of the inputs please refer to the sections 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card 3 2 8 Streaming Video Card 3 2 9 Quad SDI Video Card 3 2 10 Dual DVI Input Card and 3 2 11 Dual RGB Input Card Into one line first the name of the video source in quotes is written followed by the keyword to Then all video inputs of the input cards that are connected to that source are listed separated by comma To identify the video inputs the name assigned in section Grabber can be used Appended to that name separated by a point the connected port must be identified this is with the used cards always 1 CABLES define wiring RTL to QAVC 1 1 QAVC 3 1 SAT 1 to QAVC 2 1 QAVC 4 1 NTV to QAVC 5 1 The compiler When the switcher definition file is edited and saved it must be compiled Therefore in a command line change to the following directory c Program Files Barco SLC The compiler is executed by the command slc exe The name of the switcher definition file with the respec tive option is appended c Program Files Barco SLC gt slc exe example vsw f The option makes sure that there is just an analysis if the description is correct The result is showed on the display but there are no changes to the registry If the result contains neither errors nor w
89. FRG One or multiple Grabber get a name as video channel e Sourcelist All analog sources get a name and their video RGB type gets defined The sources get combined to groups the Sourcelists e Route Here it is determined which Sourcelist must be available at which input cards Grabber or DFRG e Cables This section describes the cabling of each source to the individual inputs of each input card Grabber To the video inputs of the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD we assign the names QAVC 1 QAVC 2 QAVC 5 in the five Grabber sections The grabber name here QAVC x can be chosen freely unless it does not start with a digit or is a default name of the system frg0 frg1 After the keyword device the respective card is written A list with the identifiers can be found in Table 6 16 The number of the input is indicated in square brackets Grabber QAVC 1 device frg3008 0 Grabber QAVC 2 device frg3008 1 Grabber QAVC 3 device frg3008 4 Grabber QAVC 4 device frg3008 5 Grabber QAVC 5 device frg3008 6 If you assign in the GRABBER section a new name to a device this device can no longer by ad dressed with its default name e g frg1 Instead only the GRABBER name QAVC 2 can be used All devices with higher frg default names move up by one e g frg2 becomes frgl frg3 becomes frg2 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008
90. IUCHUING Off ceria a T E eens aol detente 3 42 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 y DAO Deas VS T a8 ners fee setencet ne tecce deteccat ecatee tract wate cen aedeataecmcaserecaccn tet AOAN 3 43 JA System TEQUIFEMEINS zeren E E A ees 3 43 3242 ODSOIELS ODET LING SYS OMS aeaa N 3 43 Bes CONGU 0 eee nee Re rr rs CR Te Nr rr a RPP ey Oo 3 44 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language COMPILED ec eeceeeeeeeeeseeseesseseeseeseeseens 3 44 3 5 2 COMMGUNG INE GISPIAY OLNE Faora iracsatenean aces eneR ae Eee EES 3 55 3 5 3 Configuring THE display Wall sisce c esn2ceainenstosieuidesssnseaved icoeasUelninateanecideteewetesbdetelamebusnssdsdesta ence deeds 3 58 3 5 4 Setting display properties oo ccc csccscesecsscsseessceseesscsscesscsscesecsscsscesscsscsssesscessesecsssesscscessesseeseenes 3 62 LOPUN OM sesctetst ct atccrcetetenetin ac AA EA 3 63 3 6 1 Appropriate cursor for video APPLICATIONS ou eee eee cscescesecssceseesscesecsseeseesscescesscscesecsscesecsecseeeseenes 3 63 AOPEN eea E E EEEE EE NE EE EEEE EET E sorb oso ae oestees 4 1 AU AN IS aa E E AEN msdiee ease mbeca neater eas 4 2 4 Vl ouad Analog Video Carder oie Sia EET ce cecal TOT O 4 2 A Moz SUM AMI HUNG Video CId St sagt aac E E T eS 4 2 AV Steaming Vdeo CAL SV C22 ist son eea Se ciscerdcotuse santa A oe ea uanaco aos 4 2 A AeA Streaming Video Card J2 Kensin a ENEA 4 2 ATOV SUVE oC Id eenaa aa a ce tot teed 4 2
91. LLL 6 49 6 Advanced configuration Log Files All messages in the console window of RgbCal exe are also written to a human readable log file The name of a log file is composed of the prefix RgbCal followed by its creation date and time For example RgbCal2008_01_24 11 49 36 1log is a valid log file name The file has been created at 11 49 36 in 2008 01 24 The log files are saved in the same directory like RgbCal exe usually c windows system32 Troubleshooting RgbCal exe accepts some command line parameters To use them the application must be started directly from a command prompt To get help information describing these parameters change to the directory c Windows System32 and run the command c Windows System32 RgbCal exe In case that the test picture will not be found frequently it may help to increase the tolerance factor of the search algorithm For that the color error parameter ce may be increased by the command RgbCal exe ce lt number gt where lt number gt Is the color error value in the range of 30 60 default is 45 Error Messages The following table lists the error messages possibly reported by RgbCal exe in alphabetical order with some hints which may help to solve the problem message Can t create unique filename Can t create video window Can t open device lt dos device name gt Can t open MonLib lt status gt Can t show test picture Canceled by user Error processing test pic
92. ND 0 5V Power 0 DDC clock 0 DDC data GND 1 DDC data 1 DDC clock 1 5V Power GND GND Figure 7 4 Dual DVI connector digital out Figure 7 5 RJ 45 connector Streaming video card Quad SDI Video Card or Quad Analog Video Card 1 2 Signal Shield Dual DVI Input Card C2 C1 x N W B UI O Analog Green Analog Red Analog VSync DDC Data DDC Clock TMDS Data4 TMDS Data4 TMDS Data2 4 shield TMDS Data2 TMDS Data2 Dual RGB Input Card in wi kb W N red green blue sync GND C5 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 O CON OA 10 7 Technical appendix Figure 7 6 BNC connector QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD of QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Analog Ground analog R G amp B return Hot Plug Detect Ground return for 5V Hsync and Vsync 5V TMDS Data3 TMDS Data3 TMDS Data1 3 shield TMDS Data1 TMDS Data1 C4 C3 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Analog HSync Analog Blue TMDS Clock TMDS Clock TMDS Clock Shield TMDS Data5 TMDS Data5 TMDS Data0 5 shield TMDS Data0 TMDS Data0 Figure 7 7 DVI I connector 1 Dual link pins 4 5 12 13 20 21 only connected at In1 red GND green GND blue GND sync GND Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 12 13 14 15 H C SYNC VSYNC Figure 7 8 7 Technical appendix PS 2 keyboard and PS 2 mouse
93. NISCALERS OMNISCALERS Of up to four OmniBus devices can be cascaded in this Way QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD DUAL RGB INPUT CARD STREAMING VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD and QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD can be used in cascaded OmNISCALER configuration 2 I e ae 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 o o o WW it iW i i a ey a OMNIBUS 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 T F F F S FST EGS WTUC UUU FTU oS GTS OMNIBUS 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
94. OC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 15 14 13 12 11 aon WO N W A UI 7 Technical appendix GND 0 red 0 blue GND 0 5V Power 0 DDC clock 0 DDC data GND 1 DDC data 1 DDC clock 1 5V Power GND 1 blue 1 red GND Figure 7 1 Dual DVI connector digital analog out Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Dual DVI to 2xCRT adapter cable wi Aa W N Data0 Data0 Data0 Shield Clock Shield Clock Clock red green blue GND 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C5 O CON O 10 Data1 Data1 Data1 Shield 5V Power Ground return for 5V Hot Plug Detect red GND green GND blue GND 5V Power GND Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 CON A UU Bh WN 11 12 13 14 15 7 Technical appendix Data2 Data2 Data2 Shield DDC Clock DDC Data Figure 7 2 DVI D connector DDC data Hsync Vsync DDC clock Figure 7 3 CRT connector 7 Technical appendix OmniScaler digital in 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 GND shield return for 5V GND GND GND GND GND 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 1 Datai 1 Data1 1 Clock 1 Clock 1 Hot Plug detect 1 LED PGA Scaler detect 0 LED PGA 0 Hot Plug detect 0 Clock 0 Clock 0 Data1 0 Data1
95. OMNISCALER QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD DUAL RGB INPUT CARD QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARD CPU link PCIO PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 PCI7 PCI8 PCI9 PCI10 PCI11 PCI12 PCI13 PCI14 PCI15 PCI16 PCI 17 board slot Figure 3 12 numbering of slots on the back panel of OmniBus A18 Connector CPU board is reserved for the CPU board and connector link slot is reserved for the connection to Processor In the following sections reference is taken to the numbering of the PCI slots 0 17 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 12 3 Getting started 3 1 4 Extender In a typical Processor configuration the PCI slots of the Processor are used for inserting all expansion cards The EXTENDER extends the Processor by adding 13 PCI slots Thus a bigger number of projection modules or more input sources can be connected in a Processor configuration The EXTENDER is equipped with a redundant hot plug power supply Small systems which exceed the number of available slots in the Processor can either be configured as an Omni Bus configuration or as a Processor configuration with an EXTENDER if the input requirements are moderate and the slots of an EXTENDER sufficient The front The EXTENDER looks like this or similar 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 ventilation flap with air supply 2 lock of ventilation flap 3 On Off switch 4 green LED power on on power is switched on off powe
96. PCle slots AGS 3389 2 AGS 3389 3 Dual Xeon Dual Core 6 PCI slots AGS 3390 1 Single Xeon Dual Core 6 PCI slots AGS 3390 2 The front 10 11 N oo A a 1 19D N oe co Pura b ee UA S Irans onm 12 13 ak 1 air supply 2 handle of filter mounting 3 restart button 4 reserved 5 buzzer reset button power module failed only applicable with redundant power supply 6 red LED power module failed only applicable with redundant power supply 7 yellow LED hard disk access 8 green LED power on 9 floppy disk drive optional 10 hard disk drive RAID 1 subsystem RAID 5 subsystem 11 DVD ROM drive 12 optional reserved 13 power button Figure 3 1 front view of the PROCESSOR Next to the air supply openings 1 there is the handle of the filter mounting 2 In the center behind the front flap there are from top to bottom the buzzer reset button for power module failure 5 the lock keyboard switch 4 followed by the restart button 3 and finally the power button 13 Next to these buttons to the right side there are three LED s In the top position there is a red LED indicating power module failure 6 of a redundant power module The yellow LED indicates hard disk access 7 and the green LED indicates power on Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 3 2 3 Getting started 8 On the right hand
97. Power cord with NEMA 5 15 plug e The cord set must be UL approved and CSA certified e The minimum specification for the flexible cord is No 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT 3 conductor e The cord set must have a rated current capacity of at least 10 A e The attachment plug must be an Earth grounding type with a NEMA 5 15P 10 A 125 V configuration The wires of the power cord are colored in accordance with the following code green or yellow green Earth Ground blue or white Neutral brown or black Line Live Figure 1 2 NEMA 5 15 plug Power cord with GB 2099 plug The wires of the power cord are colored in accordance with the following code yellow green Earth Ground blue Neutral brown Line Live Figure 1 3 GB 2099 plug Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HW 1 5 1 Introduction Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord Do not locate this product where people will walk on the cord To disconnect the cord pull it out by the plug Never pull the cord itself If an extension cord is used with this product make sure that the total of the ampere ratings on the products plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or electrical shock Never spill liquid
98. RM A base license Processor configuration TRANSFORM A base license OmniBus configuration Driver license per graphic channel of UGX GRAPHIC CARD Windows XP Professional license multilingual Table 7 17 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ _________ 7 20 8 Trouble shooting 8 Trouble shooting 8 1 TransForm A not booting When TRANSForM A is not booting properly it is important to state at which point of the boot process a fault oc curs The display while booting is as follows so you can see where the process is stopped On the first display board 1 port 0 see section 3 2 5 Graphic cards M3 PCI 128b DDCinfo Native DFC resolution is 1024x768 68Hz ARGUS AGX 3000 VGA BIOS 3000 04 06 08 02 PCX 3000 0 gt MIPS RAM Base PCX 3000 1 gt MIPS RAM Base Total amount of VGAS 6 Scan system for AGX 3000 Dev BP Bus Slot O 1 3 O init t l 3 1 init 2 1 8 O init 3 1 8 1 init 4 1 11 O init 5 1 11 1 init COPYRIGHT 2002 BARCO Control Rooms SF000000 gt Number of VGAs 0 SE600000 gt Number of VGAs 6 PGA inside BAs 1C000008 S0000B401 S48640000 done PGA BAs 20000008 SO0000B401 S48644000 done BAs 2C000008 SO0000B401 S48720000 done BAs 30000008 S0000B401 48724000 done BAs 38000008 S0000B401 48C40000 done BAs 3C000008 S0000B401 48C44000 done The other displays show their respective bus and slot no e
99. Scaler Connectors The UGX GRaPHic CARD provides two Dual DVI connectors to connect four display devices LED port 0 1 port 0 1 out port 2 3 out LED port 2 3 Figure 3 20 Ports of UGX GRAPHIC CARD DDC capable display devices must be connected to the graphic cards before TransForm A is switched on If they are connected afterwards TransForm A will not be able to detect them Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the graphic cards please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 3 17 3 Getting started Adapter cables Depending on the configuration the card is delivered with different adapter cables e Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable Digital output for display on projection modules with digital input Figure 3 21 Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable e Dual DVI to 2xCRT adapter cable Analog output for display on projection modules with analog input Figure 3 22 Dual DVI to 2xCRT adapter cable Order The first graphic card in respect to PCI slot numbering identifies itself as primary graphic adapter by lighting the green LED of the respective graphic channel when TrANsForm A is switched on The primary graphic adapter is the channel where the system emits diagnostic and status messages during system startup e in an OmniBus configuration the graphic cards are plugged into the OmniBus device
100. Security agx3al3 J AhaiS4x aicr Buz 4 Adds a new DWORD value gt al sfaulty ice Description dwarelnformation AdapterStr dwarelnformation BiosString dwareInformation ChipType ardwareInformation creaz AY HardwareInformation DacType ae HardwareInformation Display cha A Hardwarelnformation MemorySize lab InstalledDisplayDrivers lad ScreenGeometry lad ScreenOrder ad ScreenToMemoryDMAminsize AY SMDMAboundaryMultiple lad SMDMAcacheType ad SMDMAmaxPhysAddr ag SMOMAminPhys ddr lad SMDMAsize Ad TransparentBl lad gaCompatible Type REG Sf REG 52 REG BINARY REG BINARY REG BINARY REG BINARY REG BINARY REG BINARY REG BINARY REG MULTI_SZ REG DWORD REG BINAR REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Ey Data fyvalue mot set BARTO Se 3281 47 00 41 00 52 00 43 00 4F 00 20 00 50 00 43 00 41 00 47 0058 00 2d 00 33 00 32 00 38 00 31 OF 49 00 e 00 74 0065 00 6c 00 2000 32 00 31 OC cc a6 b4 O1 49 00 e 00 74 0065 00 6c 00 20 00 32 00 31 OF Oc 00 00 00 00 0000 16 agxs 8id OxO0030200 197120 08 Oa 00 09 0b 01 04 06 02 05 07 03 OxOOOO0008 8 Ox02000000 33554432 OxO0000002 2 Osc FFFFFFFF 21474836473 Ox04000000 67108864 Ox00800000 8385608 OxOOOOo000 0 OxO00000000 0 Figure 6 2 Create a new e
101. Table 3 2 Supported stream types of STREAMING VIDEO CARD Connectors The STREAMING VIDEO CARD provides two RJ45 connectors to establish the connection to the network For a redun dant connection a network cable should be plugged into each of the plugs 1 and 2 These network cables should connect on the other side to a redundant network In case of a failure of one connection the other con nection will take over the complete network traffic If a redundant connection is not required either plug 1 or plug 2 can be used for the connection Both plugs use the same IP and MAC address so no configuration in regard of the used plug is required The STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K provides two more RJ45 connectors They enable to connect the card to a video net work and an independent control network Also these two connectors enable redundant connection Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 111111 3 22 3 Getting started sa s la 1 1a 1 1a 1 2a 2 2a 2 2a 2 7 3b 8 4a 4 E 1 RJ45 Network connector 1 video network 10 100Mbps on SVC 1 100 1000Mbps on SVC 2 J2K 2 RJ45 Network connector 2 video network 10 100Mbps on SVC 1 100 1000Mbps on SVC 2 J2K 3 RJ45 Network connector 3 control network 10 100Mbps 4 RJ45 Network connector 4 control network 10 100Mbps a green LED ON connected to the Ethernet b green LED ON connected with 100 Mbps SVC 1 J2K control 1000 Mbps SVC
102. The abbreviations have the following meaning e res res resolution of the source in x and y direction in pixels It is important to consider all scaling factors used to display the window In general up scaling is performed in the OMNISCALER therefore data is transferred 1 1 and the original resolution must be inserted into the for mula If the source is displayed smaller than 1 1 the source is down scaled in the input card Only this re duced number of pixels is transmitted to the OMNIScALER and must be considered The original size of the dif ferent video types can be read from the table above e fr frame rate For video a frame rate of 25fps PAL SECAM and 30fps NTSC is standard For dynamic RGB input a frame rate of 20 fps in normal cases gives an acceptable performance If the RGB source is mostly static even lower frame rates can be selected e cd color depth For all video windows with the default Pixel format YUV 4 2 2 the factor is cd 2 For RGB windows two different Pixel formats may be useful Pixel format RGB 5 6 5 cd 2 Pixel format RGB 8 8 8 cd 3 With the average bandwidth of the OmniBus A12 of 200 MBps per input card the sum of the bandwidth demands of the windows provided by one input card should not be bigger than this value Anyhow also higher bandwidth usage might be possible but the overall configuration should be considered In case of doubt contact the Barco support please refer to section 8 3 Contact
103. User s manual Transform A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Current Version Title TRANSFORM A Workstation for Windows User s Manual ID no DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 Date April 2008 Main issue update chapter 1 chapter 2 add chapter 3 add chapter 4 add chapter 5 chapter 6 add chapter 7 chapter 8 chapter 9 new The corresponding chapters are new or completely revised COTT Passages of the corresponding chapter were corrected see modification bars add Passages of the corresponding chapter were added see modification bars This manual refers to following hardware and software configurations of TransForm A Workstation for Windows Display Driver R4 4 Document History Modifications which result in a new version are indicated by a vertical bar Windows and Windows NT are registered Trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 i Trademarks Brand and product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective holders All brand and product names mentioned in this manual serve as comments or examples and are not to be understood as advertising for the products or their manufacturers Copyright 1997 2008 by Barco Die Weitergabe sowie die Vervielf ltigung aller Unterlagen die von uns berlassen werden deren Verwertung und Mitteilun
104. Windows 2000 CD are digitally signed by Microsoft and are automatically verified during Setup During hardware installation Windows might detect software that has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows Tell me why this testing is important When you install new software the following verification settings will be used a Seen What action do you want Windows to take File signature verification Ignore Install all files regardless of file signature Warn Display a message before installing an unsigned file O Warn Prompt me each time to choose an action Block Prevent installation of unsigned files Block Never install unsigned driver software Administrator option Administrator option IV Apply setting as system default Make this action the system default Now the graphics driver gets installed When the installation is ready the final dialog of the Found New Hardware Wizzard appears Found New Hardware Wizard Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard Q BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3281 Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3281 Windows has finished installing the software for this device The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer To close this wizard click Finish Click Finish to close the wizard
105. ________ 6 33 6 Advanced configuration Configuration of an AFT team To configure an AFT team you must be logged in as administrator Open the device manager Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt System gt Hardware Tab gt Device Manager Device Manager Action view Help Hes E ARGUS F Computer Se Disk drives a Display adapters BARCO AGx 3000 A BARTO Ans 3000 Hoh DYDICD ROM drives Floppy disk controllers IDE ATASATAPT controllers 28 Keyboards i Mice and other pointing devices Eg Network adapters H Fntel Ri PRO LOO0 MT Server Adapter BS Intel R PROM000 MT Server Adapter ah Other devices Multimedia Audio Controller SM Bus Controller Video Controller Ports COM amp LPT D Sound videa and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers From the list of devices select Network Adapters Right click on the entry of an Intel R PRO 1000 NT Server Adapter and select Properties from the context menu This opens the Intel R PRO 1000 MT Server Adapter Properties dialog Intel R PRO 1000 MT Server Adapter Properties I VLANs Boot Agent Driver Details Resources General Advanced Link Advanced Teaming i ntel Adapter Teaming Teaming options C Do not team this adapter f Team with other adapters New Team PJ Peete Team with other adapters Groups multiple adapters into a single team Supports VLANs
106. accessible name to a single channel of an input card Grabber The name inserted in quotes is the user accessible name The name frgX with X as an integer will cause a warning because of potential conflicts with automatically named devices Device Name of the input card see Table 6 16 and text above please If there are any computers defined the name of the computer has to be prefixed Separator after the computer name is a colon DEVICES IN THE OMNIBUS 1 of SERVER Grabber QAVCs 1 device server Grabber QAVCs 2 device Server Grabber QAVCs 3 device SeGrver Grabber QAVCs 4 device Server Grabber SVCs 1 device Server Grabber SVCs 2 device Server Grabber SVCs 3 device Server Grabber SVCs 4 device Server Grabber RGBs 1 device server Grabber RGBs 2 device DEVICES IN THE OMNIBUS 2 of SERVER server Grabber QAVCs 5 device server Grabber QAVCs 6 device server frg3008 0 frg3008 1 frg3008 2 frg3008 3 frg3008 4 frg3008 5 frg3008 6 frg3008 7 frg3008 8 frg3008 9 frg3008 10 frg3008 11 continued in the next column Grabber QAVCs 7 device server Grabber QAVCs 8 device server Grabber
107. agreement carefully a Where would you like to save your Files Please enter the folder where you want these files saved IF the folder does not exist it will be created for you To continue click Next INTEL SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT Save files in Folder IMPORTANT READ BEFORE COPYING INSTALLING OR USING Do not use or load this software and any associated materials collectively the Software until you have carefully read the Change following terms and conditions By loading or using the Software you agree to the terms of this Agreement If you do not wish to so agree do not install or use the Software Ido not accept the terms in the license agreement Next gt Cancel lt Back Cancel When the next dialog appears click Install Drivers This starts the installation The installation process is indi cated by a small window As soon as it disappears click the Exit button Intel PRO Network Connections Intel PRO Network Connections Intel PRO 100 1000 and 10 GbE Adapters View Release Notes ka e _ ro T gt e NE moo ae a a 2 re ee Y fan A x s lt Eg as h EE E E eo a bs p lt gt Installing Intel PRO Network Connections ai aaao K A y Setup is installing Intel R PROSet for Windows Device Manager and other required ec components please wait Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______
108. al DVI D lt gt DVI D cable see section 7 3 Order codes DVI D dual link suitable copper or optical DVI D dual link cable in doubt contact the customer support 8 3 Contact The cable must be connected to In 1 HDMI single link HDMI to DVI D adapter see section 7 3 Order codes Analog signals HD15 connectors HD15 gt DVI A adapter see section 7 3 Order codes Two adapters are in the scope of delivery RCA connectors 3xRCA to DVI A adapter cable see section 7 3 Order codes and for connection below BNC connectors 5xBNC to DVI A adapter see section 7 3 Order codes and for connection below Table 3 3 Adapters and cables for DuAL DVI INPUT CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 3 25 3 Getting started The connection of analog signals is according to the table below Color of wire RGB Composite S Video Component Y YC YPrPb red R Y Y Pr green G y blue B C Pb black only on BNC adapter cable V SYNC gray only on BNC adapter cable H SYNC Table 3 4 Connection of analog signals to Duat DVI INPUT CARD Order Within a single DuaL DVI INpuT Card the numbering of the video channels is as shown in the figure above For the order in that the input cards are inserted into TRANSForm A please see section 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the DUAL DVI INpuT Carb please refer to section 7 1 Technical
109. also be executed on the command line enabling the use of some additional options The table below lists these options Options of agxuninst exe log enables logging in a local file agxuninst 1log sic uninstalls only switcher language compiler related registry entries pus retains presets registry entries same function as retain presets above 2 Uh Melis displays the help dialog Table 6 25 Options of agxuninst exe To run the program open a command prompt and change to the directory c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X gt agxuninst exe lt option gt The application will run without further notification Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 6 25 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 7 Special requirements when installing Windows 2000 XP If you want to reinstall and configure Windows 2000 or Windows XP on the TransForm A hard disk a special pro cedure is required The following description points out the details that must be considered to achieve a system that optimally supports the TRANSForm A hard and software but it is not meant as a complete description of a Windows 2000 XP system installation Required parts For the installation the following CD ROMs are necessary e Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional e of Microsoft Windows XP Professional
110. anual is selected Scale the video up to the whole display wall or in Channel Video mode to the projection cubes which currently display a part of it Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 0 Disabled Video channel disabled 1 Composite Enable composite video signal 2 S Video Enable S Video signal 3 RGB Analog 4 YUV Analog 5 RGB Digital Enable analog RGB signal Enable component video signal Enable DVI D signal Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Standard Preset Deinterlace Frame Rate Reduction Noise Reduction Detect Position Edit Preset New Preset 4 Operating Displays the detected video standard for source types 1 2 5 Selectable preset for source types 3 4 Auto Enable automatic detection of the screen mode The detected screen mode is shown in the box but automatic detection remains active unless a screen mode is selected by hand lt screen modes gt One dedicated screen mode can be selected from the list containing the screen modes stored in the active preset file The screen mode will re main unchanged even if there is a signal with a different timing applied The names of the presets in the default preset file rgb3010 prs are com binations of reso
111. arated with a comma Several lists can be routed to one video channel The name of the video channel can be used as defined in Table 6 16 If there are any computers defined the name of the computer has to be prefixed Separator after the computer name is a colon Instead the user defined name from section Grabber can be used For distributed video the name defined in the DFRG section can be used ROUTES ideo to DVid 1 analog video to QAVCs 2 QAVCs 3 QAVCs 4 analog v V analog video to server frg3008 11 server frg3008 12 server frg3008 13 V V P to processor 2 frg3008 0 processor 2 frg3008 1 analog video to processor 2 frg3008 2 processor 2 frg3008 3 RGB to RGBs 1 RGBs 2 processor 2 frg3008 4 processor 2 frg3008 5 analog video CABLES The section CABLES defines the connection of analog sources to the input on the input cards If a video switcher is used this is assigned in two steps one line for the connection of a source to the video switcher input and an other line for the connection of an output of the video switcher to an input of an input card The first entry in a line indicates the origin of the signal this is either the source or an output of the video switcher followed by the expression to and finally followed by the destination which is a distinct input socket of the video switcher or of an input card video source Name of the video source as entered in section Source
112. ards The front 2 3 4 Ventilation flap with air supply LED operating status off power switch 26 on the back switched off red power switch 26 switched on system in stand by green power switch 26 switched on OmniBus A18 is started either by the On Off push button 4 or via the remote power cable by the Processor All power mod ules that are currently in the OmniBus A18 are working well e Power failure at one power module only with redundant power supplies e One housing fan runs too slow or not at all e Overtemperature at temperature sensors on the backplane or CPU board 4 Push button On Off red blinking Figure 3 10 Front of the OMNIBUS A18 On the front of the OmniBus at the bottom to the right there is the On Off push button 4 Next to it there is an LED 3 showing the operating status of the OmniBus A18 In an OmniBus A18 with redundant power supply the LED 3 also lights up green if one of the two power modules is removed but the remaining power module is working well It is not an indicator that redundancy is available Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___ __ __ __1__1_1_1__1__1 3 10 3 Getting started The back 5 6 7 13 14 20 21 24 26b 27b 25 28 26a 27a 5 CPU board 6 link interface card 7 13 Barco expansion cards e g graphic cards 14 20 Barco expansion cards e g OMNISCALER 21 24 Barco expansion cards e g input
113. arnings slc exe can be started anew but now without the option Then the description of the switcher definition file is adapted to the registry c Program Files Barco SLC gt slc exe example vsw Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ _ 4 16 4 Operating 4 3 3 Video software With a right click on a window its control panel can be opened The control panel differs to a greater or lesser extend depending on the type of the input card and the signal type please refer to section 4 3 4 Displaying sources of Quad Analog Video Card and the following Most properties of the video can also be controlled by means of key board shortcuts The menu structure offers access to additional functionality File Options Format LHe iag Overscan Za Source r02 x 576 Frame Aate 1 Composite ka 25 30 fps x Standard Hoze Reduction PAL gg a Deinterlace Auto Fullscreen i uF ae eye Whe 4 eta i cs 38 One ee J A Gaz c Sila i ay E s EE nm a i ens Pf Figure 4 4 Video window and dialog box Menus in the video dialog box The File and Options menus allow the administration of configuration files and preset files Settings can be stored in configuration files for later program calls Also the module related display of video i e not within the window but on one or several proje
114. ation and small initial letters are taken into account Table 4 21 Q No presets can be added to or removed from the Default Presets rgb3010 prs Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL 4 44 4 Operating Managing the configuration files When displaying a monitor signal settings such as colors and brightness can be adjusted In addition attributes of the video window can be customized These properties which are valid independent of the signal s source are called Settings and can be saved in a configuration file e g default frg4 vcf and re loaded From the File menu choose Open Settings to load a certain configuration file choose Save Settings or Save Settings As to store your settings Look in 9 VideoConft v 3 S Defaul fras KJ Stverauttfrgo4 My Recent Documents G Desktop D My Network File name Po laces Files of type Video Settings X Cancel Figure 4 25 Managing configuration files The video software can also be started from the command line with the option e specifying a certain configu ration file Please refer to section 4 3 1 Display in a window If using the option c take care to indicate the complete absolute or relative path of the configuration file Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 tH ________ 4 45 5 Maintenance 5 Maintenance T
115. ault 16 colors mode After the restart log in as Administrator open the Windows Explorer and go to the folder c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X Double click on the file setup exe The script setup exe for the installation of the display driver suite and the switcher language compiler gets started The setup wizard will guide you through the installation Click Next to begin the installation Welcome Welcome to Setup for display driver suite R3 60 The Setup program for the driver suite for Microsoft Windows 2000 P installs the hardware dependent driver Each Setup dialog has basic instructions for completing a step of the installation To install the driver suite on your computer now click Next or press Enter To exit Setup without installing the driver suite click Cancel at any time i Cancel Figure 3 51 welcome window The next Window shows notes and actual remarks to the release of the display driver and switcher language compiler Press Next to continue Readme Please read the following readme test for actual release remarks Important Notes lf Windows 2000 or XP fails to boot after adding or changing hardware components please reboot in safe mode Then complete the hardware configuration as described in the manual When upgrading from driver versions below 3 50 to version 3 50 or higher always use AGXUNINST EXE before upgrading to the new
116. ay a part of it Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 0 Disabled Video channel disabled 1 Composite Select a composite video signal Setting of the used frame rate default is 25 30 fps depending on the video standard in addition 50 60 fps are selectable Displays the detected video standard The standards NTSC PAL SECAM BW 50Hz Black and white at 50 frames per second PAL SECAM Bw 60Hz Black and white at 60 frames per second NTSC are displayed Also sub standards may be displayed not applicable not applicable Table 4 8 Video dialog box QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HH 4 21 4 Operating 4 3 5 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 With a right click on the window of streaming video the control panel for this type of video can be opened D ite Hue Format Overscan 16 9 Fullscreen Source Frame Rate Last Frame on Signal Loss Standard Before being able to display streaming video first the Streaming Video Card must be configured please refer to entry Board settings below also the streams must be edited please refer to the menu entry Edit below Everytime starting a video channel for streaming vi
117. ble stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal929 6622478 CAL Remove test picture Backplane 1 slot 8 device 7 HDU 3388 FRG 3355 SN 92980622478 Channel 1 port 3 Open device frg Wait for stable signal Display rgb source at 070 Wait for test picture Prepare calibration file Process test picture at 070 Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 4 8921 4 5123 6 8969 6 7664 6 9081 4 51 77 End 1 6666 6 6175 6 9978 0 0920 6 9967 8 2543 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgobCal 296622478 CAL Remove test picture OK Shutdown calibration program OK Done with calibration of 4 RGB channel s OK 4 of 4 channel s gt OK of 4 channel s gt FAIL Press any key to terminate Sample log file 6 Advanced configuration Figure 6 13 Sample output of the application The content of the log file corresponds to the output of RgbCal exe in the command prompt Barco RGB Calibration Tool C 2008 Version 4 4 0 168 Mar 24 2008 7 12 45 34 Prepare start of calibration program Check of TFA Driver version 4 4 0 168 Open RGB Source enumerator Create RGB video window Start enumerating RGB channels to calibrate 0000 RGB channel identification Backplane 1 slot 6 device 4 RGB 3010 FRG 3008 SN 00000017 Channel 0 port 1 Open device frg4 Wait for stable signal Display rgb source at 0 0 Wait for test picture 45 Prepare calibration file Barco TransForm A Work
118. cards 25 air supply 26a 26b power switch a standard power module b optional redundant power module 27a 27b mains connection a standard power module b optional redundant power module 28 connection for equipotential bonding conductor Figure 3 11 back of OMNIBUS A18 On the upper part of the back of the OmniBus A18 there are different cards On the left there is the CPU board 5 and the link interface board 6 followed by graphic cards OMNISCALERS and input cards 7 24 depending on the configuration of TRANSFORM A On the right of the lower part is the standard mains connection 27a and the power switch 26a On the left side there might be another mains connection 27b and the power switch 26b for a second power module for redundant operation depending on the configuration of the TRANsForm A To the left of the standard mains connection there might be a connection for the equipotential bondig conductor 28 To protect the OmniBus A18 from overheating the air supply openings in the case shall be kept free of obstructions To disconnect the OmniBus A18 from the power supply all power cords have to be pulled of the mains connection 27a and 27b Therefore the back panel has to be easily accessible Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 3 11 3 Getting started The expansion slots The OmniBus A18 provides 18 PCI slots 7 24 for insertion of UGX or AGX GRAPHIC CARDS
119. comes up to install the suitable drivers But first check the availability of the appropriate installation files On the hard disk of the Processor the files of the latest release of the display driver suite are stored c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X Whenever the installation of a different release is required e g if the latest release of the Wall Management Software APOLLO requires an earlier release of the display driver suite the respective folder Windows Driver Suite X Y should be copied from CD TransForm A Suite CRS 3045 C to the folder c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 The Found New Hardware Wizard The Found New Hardware Wizard comes up several times to install newly detected Barco components The de tected hardware differs for a Processor or an OmniBus configuration In an OmniBus configuration the driver for the OmniBus comprises the control for the Barco expansion cards In a Processor configuration these drivers have to be installed for each device The table below shows depending on the configuration how often the Found New Hardware Wizard appears and how it names the detected devices Processor configuration OmniBus configuration e Each graphic channel detected as e Each OmniBus detected as Video Controller VGA compatible OF Video Controller VGA compatible Of AGX 3000 Of AGX 3281 BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3000 Of e Each OMNISCALER detect
120. copied files to the hard disk the instal lation is ready and you are prompted to remove the CD from the drive and to reboot the computer If the network identification Wizard comes up then leave it with Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___L 6 26 6 Advanced configuration Boot ini With AGs 3390 1 2 the boot ini has to be adapted By default the file is located directly on drive c C2 boot ini Being a system file it is usually not shown in Windows Explorer Therefore change the settings of Windows Ex plorer accordingly Tools gt Folder Options gt View gt Hidden Files and Folder gt select Show hidden files and folders and not selected Hide protected operating system files The file is also by default write pro tected After a right click on the file select properties from the drop down menu and make sure that read only is not selected Then open the file with an editor and look for a line starting with multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 1 Make sure that NOPAE is added to the list and that NoExecute has the parameter AlwaysOf f which then reads as NoExecute AlwaysOff boot loader timeout 30 default multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 1 WINDOWS operating systems multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 0 partition 1 WINDOWS Microsoft Windows XP Professional fastdetect NOPAE NoExecute AlwaysOff Graphic driver Now the display drivers
121. ct the RGB output of the computer acting as RGB source with the first channel of the first DuaL RGB INPUT CARDS Of DUAL DVI INPUT CARDS e On the Processor run video exe for that RGB channel to display the RGB signal with the test picture Press the F8 key to ensure that the video is shown without scaling or cropping e lf the video window content is jittering adjust the RGB presets in the preset editor until the image is stable and the test picture is displayed at the upper left window corner of the window please refer to section 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input e Proceed like this for every RGB channel of the system Calibrating the RGB channels e Important Before starting the calibration close all instances of video exe and APOLLO e You will have to connect the RGB signal with the test image to the RGB channels one after the other begin ning with the lowest channel and considering the numbering used by video exe Therefore connect the lowest RGB channel e Start the application RgbCal exe with a double click It is located is located in the System32 directory c Windows System32 RgbCal exe e RgbCal exe starts up in a command prompt window It continuously displays its current state When it is ready to examine the first relevant channel it displays a line starting with 0000 If the signal is not yet plugged to the respective channel an increasing number of dots indicates that it is searching for the signal As soon
122. cted preset has to be adjusted Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______ 4 4 4 Operating If the displayed monitor signal looks like this or similar select Edit to adjust this preset or select New to create a new preset based on the current preset The Preset Editor is displayed RGB 3010 Preset Editor 640x3506 70Hz Preset Name new preset Resolution 640 by 350 pixels Change Timing HPos 1374 PLL Divider 800 Phase j VPos a0 4 Source Advanced Set manualy CO Range Charge Fump Current 1 H Level a SoG Level Delete Undo Cancel l Figure 4 20 Preset Editor e For anew preset enter a name in the Name box under Preset e Compare the displayed resolution with the actual resolution of the connected monitor signal If they differ click Change and enter the correct resolution RGB 3010 Input Resolution Resolution pag by 350 pixels Cancel Figure 4 21 Indicating the resolution The most important parameter to be adjusted is the PLL Divider Observe the outline of characters color transi tions or the grid desktop background If there is interference visible the value of the PLL Divider has to be ad justed e The value of the PLL Divider is approximately 1 3 times the horizontal resolution In the PLL Divider box type in or click the arrows to select this value Usually it will be necessary to increase this value slig
123. ction modules or on the whole display wall can be controlled File Open Settings Load a set of settings from a configuration file Save Settings Save current settings in a configuration file Save Settings As Save current settings under a different name Import Export Presets On y applicable for RGB channels Import or export a preset file please refer to section 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input Read EDID Prom Only applicable for DuAL DVI INPUT CARD read EDID data from the EDID PROM and save it to a file please refer to section 4 3 8 Displaying sources of Dual DVI Input Card Write EDID Prom Only applicable for DuAL DVI INPUT CARD read EDID data from a file and write it to the EDID PROM Exit Quit the video software Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ 4 17 Options Save Settings on Exit Save Window Position on Exit Restore Defaults User Interface Video Window Title Board settings Scaler Settings Settings are saved on exit 4 Operating Position of video window is saved on exit Return to the original settings of a configuration Fullscreen Means Channel Video Enable Cropping Enable Keyboard Shortcuts Left Click Pauses List Source Names Resize immediately Device Source Window Size Window Position Scaling Factor Show Clock In full screen mode the video is displayed on all projec tion cubes
124. d and then click OK o Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from CABAR CONW indows Drivers OVS 2686 Window w 6 Advanced configuration Hardware Update Wizard Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Show compatible hardware Model BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3000 BARCO PCX 3003 322 AGX 3281 BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 This driver is not digitally signed Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer s installation disk and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below Copy manufacturer s files from CABARCO Windows Drivers OVS 2686 Window v Browse j Use the Browse button to specify the following path if your system is equipped with UGX GRAPHIC CARDS c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X AGX3281 agx3281 inf And specify respectively the following path if your system is equipped with AGX GRAPHIC CARDS c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X AGX3000 agx3000 inf When the suitable folder is selected click Next gt Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Select a Device Driver Pha tan Which driver do you want to install for this de
125. data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___L 3 26 3 Getting started 3 2 11 Dual RGB Input Card The DuAL RGB Input Caro provides the capability of displaying RGB monitor signals Two analog signals up to 1280x1024 75Hz are digitized for further processing in TRANSFORM A Standard The synchronization modes Hsync Vsync Csync and Sync on Green are supported Connectors The DUAL RGB INPUT CARD has two VGA compatible 15 pin SubMinD connectors Each is for connecting one RGB Signal to TRANSFORM A RGB In 1 I a un RGB In 2 l Figure 3 31 connector of DUAL RGB INPUT CARD Order Within a single DUAL RGB INPuT Card the numbering of the video channels is as shown in the figure above For the order in that the input cards are inserted into TRANSForm A please see section 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the DUAL RGB Input Caro please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 3 27 3 Getting started 3 2 12 Multiport 1 0 Card The Multiport 1 0 Card extends the system with additional serial connectors They might be helpful for controlling multiple devices through Barco s Wall Management Software APOLLO Connectors The Multiport 1 0 Card has two serial sockets 1 1st serial port 2nd serial port Fig
126. dent number Identifies the type of the mezzanine board of the input card by the first four digits of the ident number Index of the OmniBus counting starts with 1 only in an Omnibus cont PCI slot used for this card counting starts with 0 OmniBus configuration Index of the input channel within one OmniBus Processor configuration Index of the input channel system wide One input card may provide multiple input channels depending on their type counting starts with 0 Name of the input channel default names are f rgx where x is 0 1 Status of the input channel possible values are in use free Bandwidth that the input data currently requires on the PCI bus in Bytes s Table 6 30 DEX entries of input channels Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___ 6 44 6 Advanced configuration Import and Export of configuration data To be able to remotely check configuration parameters and state of the TRANSForm A the complete data available in DEX can be saved to files These files can be sent e g to the customer service to examine the system DEX is also used to view such saved files For that purpose DEX cannot only be run from a TRANSForM A but can also be installed on any Windows 2000 or Windows XP computer To save data to a file select first the desired view of the DEX component view or logical view then choose File from the menu and Save As
127. deo Card SVC board Settings sinisiin a 4 23 Streaming Video Card SVC 1 technical daldara 7 4 Streaming Video Card SVC 2 technical Ol aisd casestess shesebacioicada shies Mathesiabsabcontss 7 5 NLE I E Sect E E L E E IE E A E A 6 12 Switcher definition file oo ecceseeseeeeeeeee 6 10 COMPIE ass N 6 17 switcher definition IANQGUAGE cceeeseseeeeeee 6 18 switcher language compiler sssnsnsen0s00000s00 6 10 MST enaa a e 3 50 SWAIN OTT kooni A 3 42 switching ON eeececesceseessesecseeeeeeceseeseeseeseeseenes 3 41 synchronize engine eeeeeseesseseeseeeeeseeeeeeee 3 56 6 6 SVIICSOM QEC CM ui a cortthaeceetventiedde S 25 a927 teaming mode CONFIQUIATION sensara a 6 34 FUMIO ING aoan 6 37 TransForm A CONNMECTING cesceeeseceeteeeeteeeees 3 41 a1 0597 124A Le 2 eean ence ener re eo ear eae 6 7 TWIS CE GHP lists sacsiceesanachoanssieh N 3 29 upgrade of display CriVel cee eceeseeseeeeeeees 6 19 VESA TIMINGS erri a eena r hieeeeeacgetcatce 4 3 VESA MINOS eisni NR 4 41 NTI A E E T E E E T S 321 VIGO CHA MIME hasene AA 4 11 video configuration deinstallation 6 25 video dialog box Dual DVI Input Card oo cee ceeeseeteeeseeeee 4 36 Dual RGB Input Card eee cceceseeeeteeeseenee 4 39 Quad Analog Video Card ue eeeeeseseeseeseeees 4 21 Quad SDI Video Card 4 34 Streaming Video CAI eceeeseeseesseteeteeseeees 4 23 Streaming Video Card J2K uu cceeseseseeseeeeees 4
128. deo the desired stream must be selected from the Streams parameters Editor or when starting the video command line based the option p lt StreamName gt must be indicated File Options Format Manual r Overscan ie Fullscreen P xf Ga Hue T Source r20 x 575 Frame Aate 1 MPG z 25 30 fps Last Frame on Signal Loss Figure 4 7 STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 and SVC 2 dialog box Setting of contrast Setting of brightness Setting of saturation not applicable Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently The edges of video often show disturbances therefore an overscan of some can be defined that will not be displayed Range 0 10 default 3 default SCN 0 Switch to 16 9 aspect ratio Not applicable if the Format Manual is selected Scale the video up to the whole display wall or in Channel Video mode to the projection cubes which currently display a part of it Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 0 Disabled Video channel disabled 1 MPG Auto selected Setting of the used frame rate default is 25 30 fps depending on the video standard in addi tion 50 60 fps are selectable Displays the last frame in
129. description see below Specify the overlay plane Values are 0 use OMNISCALER if available 1 desktop plane 2 OMNISCALER overlay plane Default is 0 Specify configuration file for description see below Open video window that will be closed and the video software will be exited when lt event gt is sent The same event may be associ ated with multiple video windows Exit all videos started with option e lt event gt Set video window title Default is the name of the video channel Enables the usage of the transparency slider on the scaler settings dialog alpha sets the transparency in a range of 0 255 quality sets the Pre Scaling factor in a range of 0 14 Sets size and position of video window Mentioning just width and height sets the dimensions of the complete window By using v the dimensions refer only to the video window borders require extra space v should not be used when combining w with f determines the upper left position of the window Set aspect ratio of video window to source display or manual unless specified with w Select the source Sets the frame rate to bandwidth 25 30 fps or motion 50 60 fps Sets the dynamic reduction factor of the frame rate of the DUAL RGB INPUT CARD applied to RGB channels Selects an RGB preset Autodetect is 0 applied to streaming video channels Selects the specified stream Parameters differing from the original stream definition can be added if a c
130. display driver from the latest CD TransForm A Suite CRS 3045 C to the folder c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 of the hard disk of the PROCESSOR If you utilize the Wall Management Software APoLLo make sure that also Apolo provides a release that is tested with the driver you are going to install The left column explains the procedure under Windows 2000 the right column the procedure for Windows XP The installation dialogs display different device numbers depending on the used TransForm A configuration In an OmniBus configuration the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard refers to BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX xxxx in a Processor configuration it just refers to BARCO AGX xxxx This is because in an OmniBus configuration also the driver for the OmniBus device gets upgraded The example here refers to an OmniBus configuration Windows 2000 Windows XP To update the display driver open the Display Properties dialog Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Display On the Settings Tab click the Advanced button This opens the Default Monitor dialog go to the Adapter tab and press the Properties button The Properties dialog appears On the Driver tab you find driver information including the currently used driver version Click the Update Driver button BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3261 Properties 2 x BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Properties General Driver Resources General Driver Resources E B
131. e prompted to insert your Windows CD ROM or to supply an alternate location where the needed files may be Found The new language settings get applied after a restart Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________LL 6 30 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 9 Installing display drivers for new cards or an OmniBus device If the display driver was already installed on TRANsForm A then after expanding the system with additional com ponents a hardware check will detect the new device when switching on TRANSForM A This is in particular the case e inan OmniBus configuration after connecting an additional OMNIBUS e Ina Processor configuration after inserting additional graphic cards OMNISCALERS or input cards The installation of the display drivers for the new device is started automatically Multimedia Controller m BARCO PCs 3003 Installing Figure 6 5 New Hardware found and driver installation in this case for an OmniBus A18 After the installation is finished you have to confirm Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard QE BARCO PCs 3003 Windows has finished installing the software for this device The hardware you installed wall not work until you restart Your computer To close this wizard click Finish bance Figure 6 6 installation is finished You will be prompted to restart TRANSFORM A e inan Om
132. e agent open a command prompt and call monagent exe with the option install C Documents and Settings lt user gt gt monagent exe install As soon as the command is executed a new service MonAgent Service is added to the services but not yet started Configuration Before the agent can be used two parameters must be adjusted in the monagent ini file Therefore open the file in a text editor and edit it according to your requirements SNMP port 161 trap_destination manager1 162 manager2 162 parameter usage port TCP port where the MonAgent listens to requests of an SNMP manager trap_destination Specifies one or more SNMP manager The syntax is IP port Of computer name port Multiple SNMP managers can be listed using a comma as separator e g Erap Sica eron mona e ial ING INNO Gre ISO Aly oy ks Z Table 6 31 parameters of the monagent ini file You will also need the IP address of the TRANSForm A and the port number specified under port to configure the SNMP manager accordingly Startup To start the MonAgent service open the services dialog Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Services Open the Properties dialog with a right click on the MonAgent Service entry in the list You can ad just the startup type to your requirements To start the service click the Start button Removing the service When you want to remove the service from the list in the services dialog first stop
133. e number as corresponding base board IDPROM Version Channel Names Table 6 27 DEX entries of component view Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____1__1__1__1__1____1_ 6 42 Channel view 6 Advanced configuration The channel view lists information about how the hardware is used and configured to setup the display wall It is organized according to the way one looks at the display wall DEX DEvice EXplorer File Edit View Help Wall Configuration Output Channels R 0 C 0 Overlay 1 R 0 C 1 Overlay 1 R 0 C 2 Overlay 1 R 0 C 3 Overlay 1 R 1 C 0 Rii C 1 Rii C 2 R 1 C 3 R 2 C 0 Ri2 Cr1 R 2 C 2 Ri2 C 3 Input Channels Frgd W Fral WelFrg2 Afros vi Afrg4 frg5 11 Frg6 Afro WA frg W Fra9 frgio Rows Columns Resolution_ Resolution_ BusSegments ColorDepth InputChannels OutputChannels 0 Change Events 0 Change Messages Figure 6 10 DEX in channel view mode There exist three main entries Wall Configuration Output Channels and Input Channels Wall configuration provides a quick overview about the properties of the display wall The table below lists these properties Property Rows Columns Resolution xX Resolution Y BusSegments ColorDepth InputChannels OutputChannels Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 meaning number of rows of pr
134. ection PROCESSOR 2 is connected to Processor 1 via the LAN The outputs of the video switcher are divided into two logical sub devices one is for the RGB output the other for the analog video out put For each of the sub devices a port on the server is defined In the OmniBus 1 of Processor 1 there is one QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD one STREAMING VIDEO CARD and one DUAL RGB INPUT CARD In the OmniBus 2 there is another QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARD Two distributed videos are configured see also section 4 2 8 Distributed video One distributed video is built with the first channel of the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS the other one with the first channel of the STREAMING VIDEO CARDS Processor 2 with its OmNiBus 1 contains just one QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD and one DUAL RGB INPUT CARD Display Wall 1 Display Wall 2 Video LAN 1 4xRGB oS Ia oS oS gt lt gt lt X lt x C O VNO O O OMNIBUS 2 OmNIBUs 1 OmNIBUS 1 PROCESSOR 1 PROCESSOR 2 analog input Video RGB LAN Figure 6 4 Example configuration using video switcher multiple computers and distributed video Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 6 11 6 Advanced configuration Switcher Each section beginning with Switcher defines a logical video switcher device In order to specify the type of signal to be switched select
135. ed e If using multiple OmniBus A12 devices a video can only be displayed on the projection modules that are connected to the graphic cards of that device that contains also the input card of that video Q Genlock is not supported with plain video Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 56 7 Technical appendix 7 Technical appendix This chapter provides tabular overviews about the technical details of TRANSFoRM A its components and of their interfaces Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 7 1 7 1 Technical data Processor dimensions h w d dimensions h w d with rubber feet fixation handling weight with standard power supply weigth with redundant power supply power mains power consumption standard power supply redundant power supply operating conditions OmniBus A12 dimensions h w d dimensions h w d with rubber feet fixation handling weight power mains power consumption operating conditions OmniBus A18 dimensions h w d dimensions h w d with rubber feet fixation handling weight with standard power supply weigth with redundant power supply power mains power consumption operating conditions Extender dimensions h w d dimensions h w d with rubber feet fixation handling weigth
136. ed as BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3281 Multimedia Video Controller Of AGX 3002 OF AGX 3313 The instructions on the next pages show exemplarily the installation for one OmniBus under Windows 2000 or Windows XP Texts in the dialogs might differ according to the table above for different configurations With a Processor configuration take special care for the name used of the wizard Depending on this name the correct driver file has to be selected Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLL 3 44 Windows 2000 On the Found New Hardware Wizard click Next gt to continue Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install a device driver for a hardware device To continue click Next lt Back Cancel On the Install Hardware Device Drivers dialog select Search for a suitable driver for my device and con tinue with Next Found New Hardware Wizard Install Hardware Device Drivers Na tans 4 device driver is a software program that enables a hardware device to work with SY an operating system This wizard will complete the installation for this device oy Video Controller MGA Compatible 4 device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work Windows needs driver files for your new device To locate driver files and complete the installation click Next
137. ee Ee ee El Component View Property Component View Property TransForm 4 TransForm 4 PSU_PC_sal PSU_PC_sal Mainboard Mainboard Processor Processor Memory Array Memory Array Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device Memory Device System BIOS Voltage Battery Voltage SV Voltage 12 Fan CPU Temperature T1 Temperature T2 Temperature T3 Temperature T4 Temperature TS System BIOS voltage Battery Voltage SV Voltage 12 Fan CPU Temperature T1 Temperature T2 Temperature T3 Temperature T4 Temperature T5 Bandwidth Bandwidth AGS 3359 AGX 3261 03 Fan_BP left AGX 3313 02 Fan_BP middle FRG 3008 06 PSU_BP_Compact RGB 3010 04 PSU_BP_Compact PSU_BP_Compact Backplane 3360 Temperature T1 Temperature T2 Temperature T3 M 0 Change Events 0 Change Messages 0 Change Events 0 Change Messages Figure 6 8 Device Explorer in component view for an OmniBus configuration left and Processor configuration right DEX provides two different views on the properties of the system Component View and Channel View To switch between these two views click on View in the menu bar and select Options The DEX Options dialog appears There you can select either Component or Channel View On this dialog also the synchronization mode can be selected By default Async Update is not selected This means that the system properties are read once and are not updated w
138. em CurrentControlSet Control Session Manager Memory Management PagedPoolSize You can find a detailed description for calculating the paged pool size in e Microsoft Knowledge Base Article ID Q126402 By default the display driver of TRANSForm A will leave at least 16MB of paged pool space for other applications on systems with 32MB RAM or more By setting the UseDeviceBitmaps registry entry to a value between 800000 and B000000 hex 8 176MB the paged pool usage for device bitmaps can be even further limited It is recom mended to make use of this possibility only if applications and or other drivers running on the machine need a combined amount of paged pool space larger than 16MB Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _ __ 6 6 6 Advanced configuration Orbiting With the Orbiting entry in the registry orbiting of the display can be started and the orbiting time can be de fined Name ODIT LAG Typ DWORD Value 0 FEFFFFFFF hex Default 0 Effective after one revolution or starting from 0 after rebooting Table 6 9 Please refer to section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver for more details Orbiting PanelResolutionOnly With the PanelResolutionOnly entry is determined if the AGX GRAPHIC CARD can only be operated with the native resolution of the display device or if it could also be operated in a lower resolution This setting applies to digital display
139. en TRANSForm A and projection modules must be considered One graphics channel of TRANSForm A is connected to the DVI in connector of the first module the DVI out connector of this module is connected to the DVI connector of the second module please refer to the corresponding user docu mentation for the configuration of the projection module for 1x2 XGA setting An example for the default cabling is shown in the figure below PROCESSOR gr ch 1 gr ch 3 gr ch 5 gr ch 7 OMNIBUS 1 G G O O O O I D J ft yy Ve vuvese Y UIVIVUIVUIV UUUUY gr ch 2 gr ch 4 gr ch 6 gr ch 8 Figure 3 66 cabling and graphics channels for 1x2 XGA settings On the wall configuration tab the checkbox 1x2 projectors must be enabled One graphic channel i e two mod ules on top of each other is depicted as one 3 4 array with a horizontal bar in the middle The Rows and Cols boxes still indicate the number of projection modules Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 3 60 3 Getting started Overlap settings projection system connected to the TransForm A the feature should not be enabled even if Overlapping is of no use for OverView rear projection systems With an OverView rear Q the X and Y value
140. ending PCI slots The OmniBus devices themselves are taken into account in ascending order of their respective PCI slots in the PROCESSOR PROCESSOR Link Link Link Inter Inter Inter face face face 1 2 3 Iil PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 OmniBus 1 Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Graph Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card Card 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 link PCI 1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 PCI7 PCI8 PCI9 PCI10 PCI11 PCI12 CPU board slot pas OmniBus 2 Input OMNI Input ht DS lt I OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI Input OMNI Input OMnNI SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER Card 1 SCALER Card 2 SCALER Card 3 SCALER Card 4 1 2 3 4 5 Video 6 Video 7 Video 8 Video 1 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 Piseeeeeeeene gt 5 5 2 s A a 4 i e J e e e e e e h S CPU link PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 PCI7 PCI8 PCI9 PCI10 PCI11 PCI12 board slot OmniBus 3 OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI OmNIi OMNI OMNI OMNI OMNI Input Input Input Input Input Input SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER SCALER Card 5 Card 6 Card 7 Card 8 Card 9 Card10 20 Video Video Video Video Video Video 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 24 25 28 29 32 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 e e e e e PCI9 PCI10 PCI11 PCI12 PCI13 PCI14 PCI15 PCI16 PCI17 CPU
141. eously Video and RGB data is triple buffered Therefore only entire frames are displayed in sync with the graphical data to avoid frame tearing 4 2 4 Video switcher By means of an optional video switcher multiple analog sources can be connected to one port of an input card In the dialog box of the video software the sources can be switched during operation For the operation of distributed video also a video switcher may be used The configuration of the video switcher is described in section 6 1 3 Configuring video 4 2 5 Genlock TRANSFORM A in an OmniBus configuration provides the ability for genlocking Either a video of a QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD a DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Of a STREAMING VIDEO CARD or the clock of an AGX GRAPHIC CARD UGX GRAPHIC CARD or an external studio signal can be used as reference signal For the functionality of genlock please refer to section 6 1 12 Genlock 4 2 6 Cascaded OmniScaler To increase the amount of video sources that can be displayed on a given number of projection modules and that can be displayed freely movable the cascaded OMmNISCALER configuration can be used Multiple OmniBus devices are put in a chain each adding video content to the graphics data and providing the graphical signal with the video windows to the next OmniBus until all video windows are provided in the signal and it can be displayed on the display wall Please refer also to section 6 2 1 Cascaded OmniScalers 4 2 7 Plain video m
142. erted into TRANSForm A please see section 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL _ 3 24 3 Getting started 3 2 10 Dual DVI Input Card The Duar DVI INPuT CARD provides the capability of displaying video or RGB signals provided as digital or analog data Either two signals up to 165 MHz pixel clock e g 1920x1080 60Hz or one signal up to 330 MHz pixel clock e g 2048x2048 60Hz can be captured for further processing in TRANSFoRM A Standard The input formats SDTV analog HDTV analog and digital and RGB analog and digital DVI D are supported Connectors The Duar DVI Input Caro has two DVI I connectors Each is for connecting one input signal to TRANSForm A The up per one In 1 is a dual link DVI I connector which must be used if a high resolution signal is applied that uses dual link In 1 is also the connector that is used to connect a signal in single input mode 1 input channel 1 DVI I dual link 2 input channel 2 DVI I Figure 3 30 connector of DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Adapter cables For the connection of the variety of supported source signal types to the DVI I connectors of the card a range of dedicated cables and adapters is optionally available Digital signals DVI D single link copper or optic
143. ervices may require a reboot for the changes to take effect To change the UI language for the current user please use the Regional and Language Options From control panel Do you want to restart the computer now Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __ 6 28 6 Advanced configuration Adding a language to the system After reboot open the Regional and Language Options dialog Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Regional and Language Options Click the Languages tab and then the Details button Regional and Language Options All Text Services and Input Languages Regional Options Languages Advanced Settings Advanced Text services and input languages To vi h the d method to ent E 3 Renate Detal gt ees eRe fiche ge pr eee na Select one of the installed input languages to use when you start your computer Default input language English United States US Supplemental language support Most lanquages are installed by default To install additional languages Select the services that you want for each input language shown in the select the appropriate check box below list Use the Add and Remove buttons to modify this list Installed services O e files for complex script and right to left languages including fen Engish Unite d States _ Install files for East Asian languages i Language used in menus and
144. es For setting the display properties open the Display Properties dialog box as described in section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver Click the Settings tab Move the slider in the Screen area box to select the appropriate resolu tion of your display wall Click Advanced to open the dialog box for the Barco graphic cards properties To select the refresh frequency of an analog monitor click the Monitor tab In the Monitor Settings box click the desired refresh rate Click OK to confirm the settings in the Display Properties or the dialog box for the Barco graphic cards proper ties Display Properties X fH Default Monitor and BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 X Themes Desktop Screen Saver Appearance settings General Adapter Monitor Troubleshoot Color Management Monitor type m Default Monitor Properties Monitor settings Screen refresh rate Display Default Monitor on BARCO PCx S003 3322 3360 4GX 3287 Screen resolution Color quality aS A raa Highest 32 bit v 4096 by 2304 pixels Figure 3 67 Settings tab left and Monitor tab right Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL 3 62 3 Getting started 3 6 Optimization This section provides hints and tips of how to configure TRANSForm A for optimal o
145. es are used to operate this huge display wall OmniBus 1 is solely filled with graphic cards and does therefore not directly provide data for the wall OmniBus 2 3 and 4 contain the OMNISCALERS and input cards and some further graphic cards and provide the final display data for the projection modules Hence on the wall there are three logical display areas each belongs to the OmniBus that provides its respective data With QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARDS 60 videos can be displayed each 20 restricted to one display area but within these boundaries freely movable and scalable It is also possible to configure video in a way that it is freely movable and scalable on the whole display wall This is called distributed video It consists of a group of QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS QUAD SDI VIDEO CARDS oF STREAMING VIDEO CARDS one from each concerned OmniBus 2 4 A distributed video can be displayed freely movable and scalable on the whole wall regardless on the different display areas Also combinations between distributed video and normal video are possible E g one channel of a QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD of each OmniBus device could be grouped to display one free movable distributed video whereas the data of the other channels of the Quan ANALOG VIDEO CARD is shown on their respective display area only Please see also the sections 4 2 1 Basic video display mode and 4 2 8 Distributed video Barco TransForm A Works
146. essor configuration Below a sketch of a four channel system with digital output and 4 free movable and scalable video windows in a Processor configuration using just the Processor PROCESSOR gt S gt C Figure 3 45 small system in Processor configuration In our example all cards can be inserted into one Processor A TRANSFORM A in Processor configuration is sufficient to control the wall Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______LL_ 3 36 3 Getting started Small system in OmniBus configuration A system consisting of one Processor and one OmniBus A12 is the smallest possible system of an OmniBus con figuration Already this setup allows a system of 44 channels On the other hand up to 40 videos can be dis played on a wall consisting of two channels Lots of intermediate configurations are also possible In this exam ple there is a configuration shown where the number of output channels and video sources is more balanced in an eight channel system with 24 freely movable video windows
147. f 2 frg1 default frg1l vcf QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD 1 3 frg2 default frg2 vcf 4 frg3 default frg3 vcf 5 frg4 default frg4 vcf 6 frg5 default frg5 vcf STREAMING VIDEO CARD 1 7 frg6 default frg6 vcf 8 frg7 default frg7 vcf 9 frg8 default frg8 vcf 10 frg9 default frg9 vcf DUAL RGB INPUT CARD 2 11 frg10 default frg10 vcf 12 frgll default frgll vcf Table 4 5 default frg0 vcf is the corresponding default configuration file of the first channel of the first DuaL RGB INPUT CARD After removing the Dual RGB INPuT Caro this file would apply to the first channel of the QuAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HH 4 11 4 Operating If using the names defined in the switcher definition file for the video channels the configuration file is default lt name gt vcf The default configuration files are stored in the folder SUSERPROFILE S Application Data Barco VideoConf With the factory default settings the variable sUSERPROFILES Is Documents and Settings lt USER gt If using a Streaming Video Card SVC 1 to show a source of TransForm SCN then this source will use the first frg channel of the card in the example above this would be frg6 The other three chan nels remain unused frg7 frg8 and frg9 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 4 Operating 4 3 2 Naming of video channels and video sources To video
148. f the Omni SCALER Only graphic cards in digital mode can be connected DDC information from the projection device is looped through to the graphic card for further processing Connectors The OMNISCALER provides one Dual DVI connector for data insertion from the graphic card and one Dual DVI con nector for digital output for two projection modules port 0 1 in LED port 0 port 0 1 out LED port 1 Figure 3 24 ports of the OMNISCALER In every OMNISCALER card package a Dual DVI to Dual DVI cable is included It serves to connect port 0 1 in of the OMNISCALER with port 0 1 or port 2 3 of the graphic card Figure 3 25 Dual DVI to Dual DVI adapter cable For the connection to the projection modules the Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable that was provided with the graphic card is used It must be plugged into port 0 1 out of the OMNISCALER Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ _________ 3 19 3 Getting started Order On the OmniScaLer that is connected to the first graphic card as primary graphic adapter also the green LED of the respective graphic channel is lighting e inan OmniBus configuration the OmniScALERs are inserted into the PCI slots of the OmniBus devices please refer to section 3 2 15 OmniBus e Ina Processor configuration the OmNiScALERS might be inserted in the PCI slots of the Processor or the EXTENDER If more than one OMNISCALER is bu
149. fely turn off power cencel_ Heo Figure 3 50 shut down dialog for Windows 2000 XP Select Shut down and click OK After some seconds a message appears that you can switch off your computer safely Simply press the power button on the front of PROCESSOR If TransForm A is switched off as explained above not all parts are disconnected from the power supply To disconnect the whole device the power switches of all OmniBus devices Extender and Processor must be switched off and all power plugs of the devices have to be pulled out after switching off Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1__1___1___1_1_ 3 4 3 Getting started 3 4 Operating system TRANSFORM A Workstation for Windows is suitable to be operated with the operating systems Windows 2000 or with Windows XP Current deliveries are setup with Windows XP but the TRANSForM A software is compatible with and tested for Window 2000 as well and it can be used to update existing Windows 2000 systems to the latest display driver TRANSFoRM A comes with pre installed operating system Q The Processor AGS 3390 1 2 is intended only for the usage with Windows XP 3 4 1 System requirements The system requirements given by Microsoft for the respective operating system apply also for TRANSFORM A In addition Barco recommends the usage of the following service packs Operating system Requirements Windows2000 Profe
150. figuration are numbered according to the order in which they are listed in the Encoder Name list For an easy assignment they are also given in the list below which is valid for firm ware version 1 0 0 0 The name of the encoder configuration contains the encoder name the algorithm type the layer the transport protocol and an indication whether unicast or multicast is used Categories that are not applicable are omitted Configuration number PID CON OAU HRW N Bey TS TSS I es SS eS Se Si ee ce WI N O OO WonN BD NTI BW NN O WO Encoder encodername_algorithm_layer_transportprotocol unicast multicast impath_mpeg2_elem_udp impath_mpeg2_sys_udp_ multi nkf_mpeg2_sys rtp multi nkf_mpeg4_elem_rtp mavix_mpeg4_elem_udp axis mpeg4_elem_rtsp_multi axis mpeg4_elem_rtsp_unicast hisome_mpeg4_system_udp visiowave_ multi visiowave_uni cieffe_mpeg4_ elem_udp teleste_mpeg4_elem_rtp verint_mpeg4_elem_rtp coretec_mpeg4_elem_rtp vbrick_mpeg4_elem_rtp cornet_mpeg4_elem_rtp acti_mpeg4_elem_rtp videobridge_mpeg4_elem_rtp coe_mpeg4_elem_rtsp_uni sony_mpeg4 _elem_rtp_multi sony_mpeg4_elem_rtp_uni vic_mpeg4_ts nice_mpeg4_ elem_rtp_multi Table 4 11 Encoder dependant PIDs for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLL 4 26 4 Operating Streaming Video Card SVC 1 Stream Decoder Control IP Address Port IP Protocol Stream P
151. for every STREAMING VIDEO CARD in the system To open the Stream Params Editor press Edit on the control panel Pressing the Add button adds a new stream with the entered name into the Streams list The parameters that are displayed at that time are saved together with it If an entry with the same name already exists its parame ters are not changed Pressing the Apply button applies the displayed parameters to the hardware In that way Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1111111 4 32 4 Operating changes can be controlled directly Pressing the OK button applies the parameters to the hardware and to the registry Pressing the Cancel button closes the window anyhow changes that are already confirmed with the Add or Delete button cannot be revoked Q Stream parameters for streams of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 SVC 2 and J2K are commonly stored and listed If using different type of Streaming Video Cards in one system take care to select stream parameters that suite the card type Stream Parameter Editor Stream Add Delete Decoder Control IF Address Fort 225 0 1 80 40 2000 Stream Frotocal PID auto 0 Skip bytes at Start io IF Protocol udp kd End 0 Encoder Control PA ddress Part IP Protocal FE bpo o o Startstring pate oo Cancel Apply OF A list of all video streams in alphabetic order Stream names have to start with a letter in
152. g M3 PCI 128b ARGUS AGX 3000 VGA BIOS 3000 04 Dev 1 BP 1 06 08 02 PCI Bus 3 Slot COPYRIGHT 2002 BARCO Control Rooms BAs 20000008 0000B401 48644000 DDCinfo Native DFP resolution is 1024x768 68Hz fault boot process is aborted while Dev SE Eliseo hor 0 1 3 O init BAs 1C000008 W 0000B401 48640000 done PGA 11 3 1 init BAs 20000008 gt 0000B401 48644000 done etc is displayed boot process is aborted CMOS checksum error appears on the display boot process is aborted Tais PC has no hard disk or hard aisk is unreadable SYSTEM HALTED appears on the display cause steps There is probably a problem with the graphic cards Ask an authorized person to make sure that all graphic cards are inserted correctly If the fault remains contact Barco please The battery is empty Ask an authorized person to replace it by a fresh one Check the removable frame of the hard disk drive if it is inserted properly and locked If the error message remains after restarting TRANSForM A contact Barco please Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____1__1__1___1__ 8 1 8 Trouble shooting 8 2 Other faults fault cause steps The video window remains empty after start If displaying video without OmNISCALER analog output a ing a video suitable color depth must be set for the desktop therefore open the Display Propert
153. g ON OMNIBUS A18 cece 3 12 numbering ON Processor cceeceseeseeseeseeseeseeeee 3 6 order EXICNOE asen atonement 3 34 ordei GENET Al ceeeeeceeseeseeseeseeseeeeeseens 3 33 3 35 order input cardS ceceseesscescesecsecssceseesseeseens 3 21 order multiport 1 0 card wo eee eeeseeseeeeees 3 28 order PLOCESS Oireinen NN 3 32 PCle slots numbering ON PFOCESSOL cceeeeseesseseeseeseeseees 3 6 DEE e EEIE EET ALIE AEAEE A E EE 4 42 DIX MON eaa toe ne er 4 19 PLL dividert sicsarteacsaclocsdnouacsdesehtaseaortesasevacsacstaveueats 4 42 POM SilOT LCD aa a ERO 2 2 power CD eaa E anigseteeenthteateeute 3 15 GISCONMEOCL centier 5 4 POWET COTO ea EE N 1 5 S Va E araaeies 1 4 PONET DUN OR ederse aA 3 3 presets LOI US WIN ht cect E ee Aten bees 4 41 Dual DVI Input Card oo eee eeeeeesceteeteeeseens 7 8 Dual RGB INPUt Card eee eceeseceseeteetseeseens 7 8 managing preset files oo eee eeeseeeeeeeeees 4 43 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __1___1__1___1__1 92 DRESEL OGIO eenean 4 40 PFO CCSS ORs enrad a 2 3 EDan ON SIO Swen ities 3 6 MOUSING sacs ssccocadenshodadensacesaeastdiduatentssacssiagsdedaesaos 3 2 technical dala cicera ae 7 2 Quad Analog Video Card cannel VideO essin 4 7 LEE E E E E E AEE 7 15 Orde e Ry RO Orne 3 21 3 33 3 35 PROD CMS visasi a a S 4 2 Vel A AL al daien 7 5 Quad SDI Video Card channel video 4 7 MENI E ea a ees
154. g ihres Inhaltes an Dritte ist nicht gestattet soweit dies nicht ausdr cklich zugestanden ist Urheberrechte insbesondere auch solche an Software werden nur insoweit bertragen als es f r die Erreichung des speziellen Vertragszwecks erforderlich ist Zuwiderhandlungen k nnen zu Schadensersatz verpflichten Alle Rechte aus der Erteilung eines Patents oder der Eintragung eines Gebrauchsmusters verbleiben bei uns Copyright 1997 2008 by Barco All rights reserved No part of this document may be copied reproduced or translated It shall not otherwise be recorded transmitted or stored in a retrieval system without the prior written consent of Barco Guarantee and Compensation Barco provides a guarantee relating to perfect manufacturing as part of the legally stipulated terms of guarantee On receipt the purchaser must immediately inspect all delivered goods for damage incurred during transport as well as for material and manufacturing faults Barco must be informed immediately in writing of any complaints The period of guarantee begins on the date of transfer of risks in the case of special systems and software on the date of commissioning at the latest 30 days after the transfer of risks In the event of justified notice of complaint Barco can repair the fault or provide a replacement at its own discretion within an appropriate period If this measure proves to be impossible or unsuccessful the purchaser can demand a reduction in the pu
155. graphic cards they are connected to Numbering begins at slot PCI 1 of the Processor As soon as an EXTENDER is connected numbering continues with the PCI slots of this EXTENDER After that the remaining slots of the Processor are numbered The numbering is illustrated in the figure below Processor PCI Segment 0 Exten Graph Graph der Card Card 1 1 N7 iL T PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 Extender Dual Quad Omni Omni Omni Omni RGB Analog Scaler Scaler Scaler Scaler Input Video Card 1 Cardi 4 ZIN PCIO PCI6 PCI5 PCI4 PCI3 PCI2 PCI1 PCI7 PCI6 PCI5 PCI4 PCI3 PCI2 PCI1 PCI Segment 2 PCI Segment 1 Figure 3 44 Example for the numbering in a configuration with an EXTENDER and a Processor AGS 3389 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 AHH 3 35 3 Getting started 3 2 17 Example configurations The examples below cover different kind of configurations to show the different possibilities of setups and con nections The following abbreviations are used e G graphic card e 0 OMNISCALER e I input card i e QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD DUAL RGB INPUT CARD QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD or STREAMING VIDEO CARD The schematic drawings of the TRANSForm A devices show always the view on the back of a device To keep it clearly arranged only the available PCI slots are plotted The display wall is shown from the front Small system in Proc
156. gs IP Configuration Address Netmask Stream 192 168 180 52 255 255 255 0 Control 192 168 182 206 255 255 255 0 Gateway i 932 168 180 1 Decoder Configuration Algorithm JPEGZO00 PPC Firmware Kemmel work Version h_dguc 1 0 3 2 Bitrate mas 1 00000kE its Figure 4 13 Board Settings dialog of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K The connectors of the video network Stream and the Control network must be configured for two different networks This means the netmask must be identical for both interfaces and the network part of the two IP ad dresses must differ IP Configuration Stream IP configuration of the video network interface Address IP address of the video network interface Each video network interface of each STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K needs its own fixed IP address Netmask Netmask of the video network interface Control IP configuration of the control network interface Address IP address of the control network interface Each control network interface of each STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K needs its own fixed IP address Netmask Netmask of the control network interface Gateway Gateway of the video network interface Decoder Configuration Algorithm List of the supported decoder algorithms Possible algorithm is JPEG2000 Table 4 14 Configuring video streams The parameters of a video stream must be defined in this Stream Params Editor before the STREAMING VIDEO CARD can display it Once defined it is available
157. h Click on the Browse button to select the re spective path Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options Fata 7 Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed _ Search removable media floppy CD ROM Include this location in the search C BARCO MMW indows Drivers OVS 2686 Windows 4 Browse Don t search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware Specify the following path if your system is equipped with UGX GRAPHIC CARDS c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS Z686 Windows Driver Suite X X AGX3281 agx3281 inf And specify respectively the following path if your system is equipped with AGX GRAPHIC CARDS c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2666 Windows Driver Suite X X AGX3000 agx3000 inf Also the folder Windows Drivers agx3000 inf These files may NOT be selected for graphic cards or OmniBus devices X X INF contains a file agx3281 inf and In a Processor configuration if the Wizard wants to install the driver for an OMNISCALER specify the following path e BARCO Transrorm A Suite Windows Dri
158. h an installation CD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install the software automatically Recommended Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue i Cancel 3 45 On the Locate Driver Files dialog select Specify a location and continue with Next gt Found New Hardware Wizard Locate Driver Files Where do you want Windows to search for driver files Ss Search for driver files for the following hardware device oy Video Controller VGA Compatible The wizard searches for suitable drivers in its driver database on your computer and in any of the following optional search locations that you specify To start the search click Next If you are searching on a floppy disk or CD ROM drive insert the floppy disk or CD before clicking Next Optional search locations pereeesesseessesssessesssesseeseessesssesey Necsccecceneesesetereeesecscesnenesescosees T CD ROM drives MV Specify a location P Microsoft Windows Update lt Back Cancel Found New Hardware Wizard x OK Cancel Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK Copy manufacturer s files from C ABARCO Windows Drivers DVS 2686 Window 1 3 Getting started On the next dialog Search and installation options select the upper choice Search for the best driver in these locations and Include this location in the searc
159. hat there is no digi Windows XP might inform you that the software has tal signature for this software Ignore this message and not passed the Windows Logo testing Ignore this mes click Yes sage and click Continue Anyway Digital Signature Not Found x Hardware Installation The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has been tested with Windows and that the software has not oe A R N eE The software you are installing for this hardware BARCO PCx 3003 3322 AGx 3281 The software you are about to install does not contain a Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works corectly with has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility Windows with Windows xP Tell me why this testing is important BARCO PCx 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system s re either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly Maaa ra pr bearn Serai kan recommends that you stop this installation now and http windowsupdate microsoft com to see if one is Riad wae poy pleaded software that has available Do you want to continue the installation i No More Info STOP Installation Now the files get copied and the display driver gets installed Finally confirm the last dialog with the Finish but ton Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Hardware Update Wizard 7x Completi
160. he Windows 2000 or XP Professional Setup Starts and prompts you to enter information to adjust the TRANsForm A to your site First read the license agree ment before you accept it Then the Setup will prompt you to adjust the regional and language options and to personalize your software After that enter the product key The Microsoft Windows product key is labeled on the inside of the front flap of the S Processor When asked for the administrator password enter barco and reenter it once again Finally adjust the date and time settings as well as the network settings After entering the workgroup or computer domain the system reboots automatically and is from then on ready for normal operation Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 111 3 41 3 Getting started Normal system start The Windows operating system starts automatically Please refer to section 3 4 Operating system The system is pre configured at the factory with an administrator account and a password User name administrator Password barco Table 3 5 3 3 3 Switching off Always shut down the Windows operating system before switching off your TransForm A Click the Start button on the taskbar and choose Shut Down to display the Shut down Windows dialog box Shut Down Windows l x Microsoft Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corporation Ends your session and shuts down Windows so that wou can sa
161. he defective power module by pulling at the Aand le 28 e Take anew power module and insert it into the system Take care to insert it in the same orientation like the other modules with the mains connection 24 on the left side e Make sure that the un ock handle bar 27 engages e Re plug the power cord into the mains connection 24 e Check that the Z D 25 lightens up green e Check that the red LED standby component failed 6 at the front of the OmniBus A12 stops to shine Please note As soon as the defective power module is removed and the remaining two power modules are working well this LED will also stop to shine It only indicates if a defective component is in the device Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 5 3 5 Maintenance 5 2 Cleaning Use a soft cloth to periodically clean the cabinet Stubborn stains may be removed with a cloth lightly dampened with mild detergent solution Never use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine or abrasive cleaners since these will damage the cabinet Unplug the device from the wall outlet before cleaning Never clean the case of a TransForm A device without first disconnecting all power supply cords Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL _ 5 4 6 Advanced configuration 6 Advanced configurati
162. he devices of TRANSForM A require very little maintenance Some maintenance operations are nevertheless nec essary to maintain distortion free operation of TRANSForM A and can be done by means of the following descrip tions WARNING Maintenance operations not explained in this section bear the risk of electric shock and of injury from hazardous moving parts If a maintenance operation is needed that is not mentioned in this chapter instruct authorized personnel with it Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 5 1 5 Maintenance 5 1 Exchange of consumables 5 1 1 Replacing the filter pad of Processor The filter pad of the Processor has to be changed in intervals depending on the grade of pollution of the air The air filter is located behind the ventilation slits 1 on the front of the Processor please refer to Figure 3 1 front view of the Processor e Unlock the front cover of the Processor with the key e Pull the handle of the filter mounting 2 into your direction e Pull out the filter mounting to the right e Remove the old filter pad e Insert a new filter pad e Insert the mounting into the Processor until the handle engages e Lock the front cover As long as the filter pad is not irreversibly blocked cleaning it with a vacuum cleaner is also an acceptable method to maintain good air ventilation within the system 5 1 2 Replacing the filter pad of OmniB
163. he needed files can be found in the folder C Program Files BARCO SLC or if not installed to the default folder in the folder indicated during the installation process Else the switcher language compiler has to be installed please refer to section 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language compiler A simple switcher definition file example vsw is included It can be adapted to your specific configuration and the name of the file can be changed The file slc exe is the compiler that reads the indicated switcher definition file and inserts the entries into the registry The other files contain static hardware information and may not be changed The switcher definition file The switcher definition file contains all individual parameters of the related hardware configuration computers video switcher configuration of STREAMING VIDEO CARDS definition of analog sources routing of the analog sources to the input devices and the cabling Line comments are marked with at the beginning of a line enclosed comments start with and end with To refer to the different hardware components the hardware identifiers that are listed in the table below are used The numbering in square brackets x appended to the hardware identifier distinguishes between multi ple hardware instances of the same type Numbering always starts for all assets except of video switcher sub devices with 0 With video switchers one number is used per video swi
164. he operation of the various source types STREAMING VIDEO CARDS and its sources must be configured before streaming video is shown If video does not show up please refer also to section 8 2 Other faults for troubleshooting File Options Format E Overscan Re Fullscreen id et gag Pe te i s z5 ai ag 7 pE pgr i 4 3 88 Deana aR gt mye tae Ei sal ka tf 8 ss Source 02 x 576 Frame Rate 1 Composite ka 25 30 fps Standard Hore Reduction PAL e Deinterlace Auto r Figure 4 3 Video window and dialog box Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __________1___1_1_ 4 9 4 Operating The following table describes the available options d Ve Ce as k IE Aa W ee jae lone Wie TO ie ioe lt video channel gt lt overlay gt lt O EG iile lt event gt lt event gt lt title gt lt alpha gt lt quality gt Lal widna aioa J Axe ys Sel san S OQumee lt reduction gt Pree E lt StreamName gt Sieeeomecian onic eee 4 16 e Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 DstIPAddr DstPort DstIPProt SEreame roe ProgramiDb Skipo tare SKIP End Ore TEACOT Srono me oC OPOE SCP Paco EE E 1G Specify video channel for
165. he update behavior for RGB presets is displayed When updating the display driver the provided preset file might contain additional presets in respect to the former one This new preset file is copied to the system but it is not automatically activated in order to prevent your customized presets from being removed To make use of the additional presets please use the Import Export Presets dialog refer to section 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input Managing preset files Preset information After setup has finished and the system has been rebooted you can install new AGB presets by means of the video exe utility from file RGB3010 prs Cancel Figure 3 55 preset information Now all needed information is indicated If you click Next the installation will begin Complete Install The Setup program for the driver suite for Windows 2000 P is ready to complete To install the driver suite on your computer now click Next or press Enter To exit Setup without installing the driver suite click Cancel Cancel Figure 3 56 start of installation Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____1___1___1__ 3 52 3 Getting started Windows will point you to the fact that the driver is not digitally signed Press Continue Anyway Software Installation A The software you are installing has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows
166. he video to the whole picture on the display wall Distributed video serves not only to enable unlimited upscaling but also to have video windows that are freely movable over all display areas One group of distributed video may display as many video windows as video channels are included Nevertheless moving such a window into a display area where another window of this group is already displayed assigns the new video to the video input card of that display area Therefore the video window that has been there before appears in the background color of the window as it is no longer pro vided with data If a group of distributed video displays several video windows all these video sources must be connected to each of the video input cards For that purpose a video switcher can be used for the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO Caro DUAL DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD The STREAMING VIDEO CARD with its network adapter has anyhow access to all available video streams As many groups of distributed video can be configured and used at the same time as video channels number of all video channels of one type of input card are inserted in each OMNIBUS Distributed video is configured by means of the switcher definition file please refer to section 6 1 3 Configuring video dispaly area 1 dispaly area 2 es OMNIBUS 1 OMNIBUS 2 TA iA video out PROCESSOR video switcher o lt g
167. here is the power supply with the mains connection 24 Each power module has an individual power switche 25 and a green LED 26 that indicates the operation of the power module The expansion slots The EXTENDER provides 13 PCI slots in two PCI segments Segment 2 Segment 1 PCIO PCI6 PCI5 PCI4 PCI3 PCI2 PCI1 PCI7 PCI6 PCI5 PCI4 PCI3 PCI2 PCI1 Figure 3 15 PCI Slots and Segments Connector PCI 0 is reserved for the link interface card to connect to the PROCESSOR Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 WY_____1__1_1__1_1_1_1 3 14 3 Getting started 3 2 Cabling 3 2 1 Power supply Check the power rating on your outlet before connecting the devices of TRANSForm A to the wall outlet or to a power strip Contact your facilities manager or a qualified electrician if you are not sure what type of power is supplied to your building TRANSFORM A is designed to operate with single phase power systems having a grounded neutral conductor To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not plug into any other type of power system To connect Processor OMNIBUS devices or EXTENDERS to the power supply follow these steps e If using an OmniBus with redundant power supply first connect an equipotential bondig conductor to the connector 28 Figure 3 11 at an OmNniBus A18 and connector 26 Figure 3 8 at an OmniBus A12 respectively e Plug the female end of the power cords i
168. hile the DEX is running To regularly syn chronize every 5 seconds the values select the Async Update checkbox DEX Options Views Show Channel View Async Update Cancel Figure 6 9 DEX Options dialog Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL 639 6 Advanced configuration Component view The component view of the DEX shows its information in a hierarchical structure which means that a component that is contained in a device is listed as a subentry of this device This allows you in an OmniBus configuration to see which video input cards are plugged into which OmniBus and again to which Processor this OmNiBus is con nected With a Processor configuration the Processor and optional ExTENDERS are commonly represented in the TRANSFORM A entry The graphic cards OMNISCALERS and input cards are direct subentries of TRANSFORM A The information provided by the component view are basically article numbers of the parts used in TRANSFORM A the version of firmware and controlware as well as configuration values like the PCI slot used for a card and real time status values like e g temperatures If a value appears in DEX depends from the used hardware and from the used OmniBus or Processor configuration The table below lists some of the most important values from the extensive list of information given by DEX entry meaning properties of interest
169. ht connectors 7 Technical appendix via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM video network Base T Ethernet 100 1000Mbps control network Base T Ethernet 10 100Mbps JPEG2000 PAL NISC progressive scan ADV202 RAW bit stream packetized in RTP IP Packets 1 4 streams per board up to 100Mbps per stream or up to 800Mbps per board stream resolution up to SD 720x576p Barco NGS 101 RTP IGMP v2 and v3 multicast subscription internal data path YUV 4 2 2 16 bit wide PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 2 3 3 V 0 3 V 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 515g 1 x 64 bit 3 3 V 5 V PCI edge connector 4 x RJ45 connector 8 pin for redundant connection of two nets Table 7 12 2 x Analog Devices AD9888 via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM up to SXGA 1280x1024 75 Hz input Pixel clock 20 MHz 135 MHz input Line frequency 15 kHz 115 kHz input Hsync Vsync Csync Sync on Green Sync level 1 V 5 V TIL 15 bpp 32K 16 bpp 64K 24 bpp 16M max frame rate with internal color depth of 16 bpp and 24 bpp dual input mode also other combinations if considering pixel clock and line frequency requirements 2 x 30Hz at 16 bpp 2 x 20Hz at 24 bpp 2 x 30Hz at 16 bpp 2 x 20Hz at 24 bpp 2 x 37Hz at 16 bpp 2 x 25Hz at 24 bpp PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 2 3 3 V 0 3 V 12 V 10
170. htly to remove all interfering stripes The direction of the adjustment is correct as the number of vertical stripes de creases e Check the position of the displayed monitor signal in relation to the window borders To move it to the left increase the value of Hpos To adjust the vertical position change the value of Vpos e If necessary tune Phase until the test pattern is displayed without flicker e With the settings under Advanced it can be tried to further improve the picture quality If using e g a QUAD SPLITTER 350 horizontal and vertical lines may appear as wavy lines a reduction of the value of the HV Level will resolve this Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _1___1_____1__ 4 42 4 Operating With an optimized preset the result looks like this E frg94 1 380x238 0 20x Seles Arbeitsplatz Netzwerkumgeburng Now you can change the desktop to a colorful application and adjust the settings by means of the video dialog box Red Green Blue Brightness and so on Figure 4 22 Optimized preset Managing preset files The pre configured timings as well as additional user defined timings are stored as presets in preset files When using the DUAL RGB InpuT Caro or Dual DVI Input Card the default preset file rgb3010 prs is applied The file rgb3010 prs contains the default presets for the DuaL RGB Input Caro and the Duar DVI C INPUT CARD When taking a card for the
171. i 1920x1080 25 16 104 3 2 1 HDTV 1080i 1920x1080 30 16 125 3 2 1 XGA 1024x768 10 16 16 25 2 6 12 XGA 1024x768 15 16 24 16 2 4 8 XGA 1024x768 20 16 32 12 2 3 6 SXGA 1280x1024 10 16 27 15 2 3 7 SXGA 1280x1024 15 16 40 10 2 2 5 SXGA 1280x1024 20 16 53 7 2 1 3 UXGA 1600x1200 10 16 39 10 2 2 5 UXGA 1600x1200 15 16 58 6 2 1 3 UXGA 1600x1200 20 16 77 5 2 1 2 2K 2048x2048 10 16 84 4 1 1 2 2K 2048x2048 15 16 126 3 1 1 2K 2048x2048 20 16 168 2 1 1 XGA 1024x768 10 24 24 16 2 4 8 XGA 1024x768 15 24 36 11 2 2 5 XGA 1024x768 20 24 48 8 2 2 4 SXGA 1280x1024 10 24 40 10 2 2 5 SXGA 1280x1024 15 24 59 6 2 1 3 SXGA 1280x1024 20 24 79 5 2 1 2 UXGA 1600x1200 10 24 58 6 2 1 3 UXGA 1600x1200 15 24 87 4 2 1 2 UXGA 1600x1200 20 24 116 3 2 1 2K 2048x2048 10 24 126 3 1 1 2K 2048x2048 15 24 189 2 1 1 2K 2048x2048 20 24 252 1 1 Table 4 3 size of video RGB data and number of displayable video windows in case that only this type of video window is displayed Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___LLLLLLL _ 4 4 4 Operating 1 SECAM only with Quan ANALOG VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARD 2 Overall configuration has to be considered 3 For QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Of STREAMING VIDEO CARD and Duar DVI INpuT CARD respectively To calculate the bandwidth for windows of different sizes or frame rates the following formula can be used B res res fr cd
172. ideo jet 8000 Videojet Xpro VIP 1000 Cieffe NETTUNO Coretec VCX 2400 E Cornet iVDO Streamer 2 4 Encoder Cornet iVDO Streamer 2 4 Encoder DVTeL 7601e Exterity A V server GE Security Visiowave Discovery 2400 Discovery 300 Visiobox Evolution HD HaiVision Hai210 Hi Tron e Videoserver Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 4 Operating Stream TCP PID protocol Skip bytes at end Skip bytes at start compression IP algorythm protocol Startstring example Axis2410Q GET axis cgi mjpg Se ideom ected bey Ie 0 mn ta ALe A On Gilt axils Cae E a E va Startstring example Up to 30 frames sec Startstring example Axis2410 GET axis cgi mjpg e E a e e A Startstring example Axis241Q GET axis cgi mjpg a a a A a A ta A maximum use of 4 4CIF streams with a maximum quality of 75 or at least 25 compression is recommended scn UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 h263 RTP 0 0 auto ON 0 No on board RCP support I frame distance may not be 0 Startstring example VIP X h263 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 No on board RCP support I frame distance may not be 0 mpeg2 RTP 4 0 auto OFF 0 No on board RCP support mpeg4 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto ON 0 Use port 3000 for TCP Startstring example SmartSight mpeg2 RTP UDP 0 4 0 auto OFF 0 IP protocol for
173. ies dialog box as described in section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver Click the Settings tab In the Color Palette box select one of the settings listed in the table below Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ ________1___ 8 2 8 3 Contact Hot line Feel free to contact us if you have any further questions e Barco N V Projection Systems Europe Noordlaan 5 B 8520 Kuurne Phone 32 56 36 82 82 Fax 32 56 368 251 E mail support controlrooms barco com Web www barcocontrolrooms com Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 8 Trouble shooting 8 3 9 Index IX SEINI Seso pie EEN 3 60 activation of Windows XP esssssssseessssessesessese 6 32 AFT adapter fault tolerance ue eceeeeeees 6 33 Apollo Multiport 1 0 Card uo cece ecseesceeeees 3 28 DIVO ganiMa can 6 8 BNE aa emcees 6 18 DOIA nET TT S 6 13 CODAE ron 6 16 channel video features cee ccceeeseesseeseeseeees 4 7 Channel VEW eg secetnact iea eE 6 43 COMI O seei a a enna a ees 5 4 Color cNn Elese a 6 8 COME INSTT CE ia ts seeshitaadeeaatenea tees 7 16 COMPONE MVC Wea 6 40 COMPOSILE VIJE O nner aardsaiadieancatn 3 21 COMPUTE ee NS 6 13 configuration file KE EAN EEE A A A TE A 6 24 conguration THES srecan n NEN 4 11 configuration files MANAGING cceseseeeeees 4 45 connection CADE eee ccceseeeseeseesseeseeseeeesseesees 3
174. ignment of graphic channels For a freely defined order select User defined instead Then you can assign interactively each projection cube to its corresponding graphic channel This is especially helpful if graphic cards are plugged into multiple OMNIBUS devices LLL LLL Default Monitor and BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 f I ALLL LLL LLL ON OX x Cols 4 Bows H Order User defined v Bs fizz te fis2 Overlap active Click on the rectangle corresponding to the hatched channel Figure 3 65 Screen order After pressing the Reorder button one graphic channel after the other is highlighted on the display wall In the picture of the display wall in the Display Properties dialog box do a left click on the corresponding graphic channel at the same position After assigning all graphic channels a dialog box appears Confirming the question Apply changes now with Yes causes the wall to be reordered immediately Especially for distributed video see section 4 2 8 Distributed video a reassignment as explained above can be nec essary to meet the specific needs with respect to PCI segmentation and projection cube assignment Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H_____________ 3 3 Getting started 1x2 settings TRANSFORM A allows controlling of two display devices from one TRANSF
175. ilt in they are numbered in the sequence of the PCI slots please refer to section 3 2 16 Extender Graphic Omni Omni Board Scaler Scaler wa h h PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 Figure 3 26 Example for connecting OMNISCALERS with the graphic card in a PRocessor AGS 3389 Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the OmMNISCALERS please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL _ 3 20 3 Getting started 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card The QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD provides the capability of displaying video signals like VCR TV CCTV etc The analog video signals are digitized for further processing in TRANSForM A Four video signals per QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Can be processed simultaneously Standard The video standard Composite Video VHS FBAS CVBS CVS Y is supported Connectors The QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD provides four BNC connectors for video insertion Figure 3 27 connectors of QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD video channel 1 video channel 2 video channel 3 video channel 4 green LED channel 1 green LED channel 2 green LED channel 3 green LED channel 4 RJ45 GPIO connector reserved O Oonr au hb WN Table 3 1 channels of the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD Order Within a single QUAD ANALOG VIDEO Caro the numbering of the video channels is as shown in the figure above The order in that the input ca
176. information The onboard LAN adapter the 100 Mbps and the 1000 Mbps network cards offer each a Twisted Pair connection ACT LNKA FE a lee a 10 OFF 100 GRN 1000 ORG Ea D ak S aul mn Figure 3 34 Connecting to Twisted Pair RJ 45 Onboard LAN adapter left 1000 Mbps Ethernet Card PCI middle and 1000 Mbps Ethernet Card PCle right Order The PCI Express network card is inserted in the first PCle x1 slot A second PCI Express netwok card can be in serted into the PCle x16 slot The PCI network card is inserted in the PCI slot of the Processor with the highest number If several network cards are used they are inserted consecutively LAN LAN LAN LAN Cl PCI PCI PCI PCle PCle PCle PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 P x16 x1 x1 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 Figure 3 35 Network card in the Processor AGS 3389 left and Processor AGS 3328 right Q Inserting a network card in an OmniBus or Extender is not supported Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___LLLLLLLL _ 3 29 3 Getting started 3 2 14 CPU board The CPU board controls amongst other the remote power on off mechanism between Processor and the OmniBus devices and the transmission of a genlock signal It is part of each OMNIBus Connectors On the CPU board there are two RJ 45 c
177. ing a product from Barco 1 3 1 Standards Safety regulations TRANSFORM A is built in accordance with the requirements of the international safety standard IEC 60950 1 UL 60950 1 and CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 03 which are the safety standards of information technology equipment including electrical business equipment These safety standards impose important requirements on the use of safety critical components materials and isolation in order to protect the user or operator against the risk of electric shock and energy hazard and having access to live parts Safety standards also impose requirements to the internal and external temperature variations radiation levels mechanical stability and strength enclosure construction and protection against risk of fire Simulated single fault condition testing ensures the safety of the equipment to the user even when the equip ment s normal operation fails Electromagnetic interference Electromagnetic emission of TRANSFoRM A complies with EN55022 EN61000 3 2 EN61000 3 3 and the limits for a class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules Electromagnetic immunity of TRANSForm A complies with EN55024 1 3 2 Precautions For your own protection observe the following safety precautions when installing operating and servicing your device e Before operating the units please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference e Observe all warnings and instructi
178. ings Change Q You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do you wank bo restart your computer now After reboot open again the Display Properties dialog and check that an appropriate color depth Highest 32 bit and resolution the overall resolution of the whole display wall is selected Therewith the system is ready for further configuration e g for assignment of the graphic channels Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 3 58 Q 3 Getting started The assignment made through this dialog must correspond to the physical cabling between the graphic cards or OmniScalers and the projection modules to produce a consistent picture of the complete desktop As default the Barco projection cubes and graphic channels are assigned in columns from top to bottom starting with the left column view from in front of the screens For the numbering of graphic cards see section 3 2 5 Graphic cards and section 3 2 15 OmniBus please Figure 3 63 Default order of projection cubes This assignment may be changed for some reason E g it may be advantageous to change the order thus that the channels are assigned in rows instead of columns For this assignment of projection cubes to graphic chan nels see as well the example in the figure below you can select Rows in the Order box Figure 3 64 Alternate ass
179. ion 17 April 2008 _____1__1__1___ 3 7 3 Getting started The back ol T I IN N N x a h ANEN i 56 ee TT SN eee ee a aaa E a a a 26 9 link interface card 10 CPU board 11 22 Barco s expansion cards 23 ventilation slots 24 mains connection of power module 25 LED power status of power module permanent red standby mode Power applies at the module but the device is not switched on permanent green power module OK power output OK off power connection is interrupted 26 connection for equipotential bonding conductor Figure 3 8 Rear view of OmniBus A12 In total there are 14 card slots visible from the back with the left two positions having a fixed assignment for the link interface card 9 and the CPU board 10 Graphic cards OmniScalers and input cards 11 22 follow depending on the configuration of TRANSFORM A On the left there are three power modules each with a mains connection 24 and an LED to indicate the power status 25 On the lower part there is a connection for the equipotential bondig conductor 26 To disconnect the OmniBus A12 from the power supply all power cords have to be pulled of the mains connection 24 Therefore the back panel has to be easily accessible To protect the OmniBus A12 from overheating the air supply openings in the case shall be kept free of obstructions To ensure power redundancy take care to connect each of the power modules to
180. is fragile It may not last under tension or being bent or twisted Connecting several OmniBus devices In the Processor AGS 3389 there are four PCI slots for link interface cards available With AGS 3328 or AGS 3390 five link interface cards can be used The respective number of OmniBus devices can be connected to one PROCES sor Each OmniBus is connected in the manner explained above Order The respective link interface cards are inserted in the PCI slots of the Processor following the network cards If more than one OmniBus is connected they are numbered in the sequence of the PCI slots Link Link Link Link Inter Inter Inter Inter face face face face 1 2 3 4 Jil PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 Figure 3 40 Link interface cards in a Processor AGS 3389 to connect to multiple OmniBus devices The Processor expects the primary graphic adapter in the first OmniBus Therefore the OmniBus that is connected to the link interface 1 must be equipped with graphic cards Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____1_1__1__1_1__1_ 3 32 3 Getting started Order of graphic and input cards The graphic cards are numbered consecutively with ascending PCI slots Each OMNISCALER is numbered according to the graphic card it is connected to The QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS STREAMING VIDEO CARDS QUAD SDI VIDEO CARDS DUAL DVI INPUT CARDS and DUAL RGB INPUT CARDS are numbered commonly with asc
181. isplay driver update It is not necessary to reapply the display properties x Invalid Display Settings AN new graphics driver has been installed f 4 new graphics driver has been installed The default display resolution from the driver has been temporarily used by the system The default display resolution from the driver has been temporarily used by the system Please use the Display option in the Windows Control Panel to select your preferred display resolution Please use the Display option in the Windows Control Panel to select your preferred display resolution On the Driver tab of the Properties dialog there is now the new driver version indicated 2 x BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Properties MR General Driver Resources ne General Driver Resources BARCO PCx 3003 3322 AGX 3281 g BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Driver Provider BARCO Driver Provider BARCO Driver Date 12 22 2004 Driver Yersion 3 598 0 0 Driver Date Not available Driver Version 3 598 0 0 Digital Signer Not digitally signed Digital Signer Not digitally signed To view details about the driver files loaded for this device click Driver Details To uninstall the driver files for this device click Uninstall To update the driver files for this device click Update Driver Driver Details To view details about the driver files To update the driver for this device If the device fails after updating the driver ro
182. it For a replacement power cord contact your dealer Slots and openings in the cabinet and the sides are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the unit and to protect it from overheating these openings must not be blocked or covered The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register This unit should not be placed in a built in in stallation or enclosure unless proper ventilation is provided The maximum recommended ambient temperature for this equipment is 40 C When using the unit in a multi unit rack assembly or closed assembly the ambient temperature inside the assembly may not succeed the maximum rated ambient temperature When installed in a rack the installation should be such that the amount of air flow required for safe opera tion of the equipment is not compromised The mounting of the equipment should be such that no hazardous condition is achieved due to uneven mechanical loading Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ 1 6 1 Introduction 1 3 5 Servicing Mechanical or electrical modifications others than described in this manual must not be made to the devices Barco is not liable for damages resulting from modified devices Only authorized personnel should carry out other maintenance work not explic
183. ithm List of the supported decoder algorithms For STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 All video streams processed by one card must have the same compression algorithm Possible algorithms are h263 mjpeg mpeg2 mpeg4_sp mxpeg scn_dec visiowave VNC For STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 the decoder algorithm is determined per stream It is defined with the Stream Parameters Editor please see below PCC Firmware provides information on the current operating state and the firmware version Version Card type and firmware version the first four digits indicate the card itself the following digits indicate the firmware version E g sve2 1 0 0 0 stands for a STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 with firmware 1 0 0 0 Table 4 10 algorithm than the one displayed before the order in which the configuration changes are When assigning a stream to a Streaming Video Card SVC 1 which has a different decoder Q done must be considered e First select the suitable decoder algorithm in the Board Settings dialog e Then adjust the stream parameters and display it Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 4 23 4 Operating Configuring video streams The parameters of a video stream must be defined in this Stream Params Editor before the STREAMING VIDEO CARD can display it Once defined it is available for every STREAMING VIDEO CARD in the system To open the Stream Params Editor press Edit on the c
184. itial digits may not be used Stream Decoder Control IP Address the multicast IP address of the stream of the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 224 0 0 xxx is reserved for communication of network switches Port Stream port appendant to the IP address 3000 is default IP Protocol Selection of the used IP protocol RTP and UDP are selectable Stream Protocol Not applicable but the default value auto should not be changed PID Not applicable but the default value o should not be changed skip bytes at Not applicable but the default value o should not be changed Start End Encoder Control Entries of this section are not applicable for the Streaming Video Card J2K Encoder Name IP Address E Port 0 IP Protocol Startstring Figure 4 14 Parameters on the Streams Parameters Editor for STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 111 _ 4 33 4 Operating 4 3 7 Displaying sources of Quad SDI Input Card With a right click on the window of digital video the control panel for this type of video can be opened it we Hue Format Overscan 16 9 Fullscreen Source Frame Rate Standard Noise Reduction Deinterlace File Options Format Manual r Overscan Fullscreen Source 712 x 482 Frame Rate 1 SD s 25 30 fps Figure 4 15 QUAD SDI VIDEO Caro dialog box Setting of contrast Setting of brightness
185. itly mentioned in this installation manual Never open the case of TRANSForm A without first disconnecting all power supply cords Measurements and tests with the opened device may be carried out only in the factory or by specially trained personnel due to the dangers of electrical shock 1 3 6 Cleaning Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners See sec tion 5 2 Cleaning for a cleaning instruction 1 3 7 Re packing Keep the original shipping carton and packing material they will come in handy if you ever have to ship your unit For maximum protection repack your set as it was originally packed at the factory Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 7 1 Introduction 1 4 Online manual On the TRANsForm A Suite CD CRS 3045 C this manual DOC 3266 2 can also be found in electronic form Insert the CD TRANSForM A Suite CRS 3045 C in the CD ROM drive If autorun is enabled on TRANsForm A the start page of the CD comes up If the CD does not start automatically open the file index htm from the CD by means of the Explorer Follow the links named Product software gt Windows driver suite for the release of the graphic driver that is installed on TRANSForM A and chose the related documentation Acrobat Reader can be used to view doc 3266 XX_owners pdf Adobe Acrobat Reader is free and freely distributable software that let
186. kbox will preserve your current presets so that they are still in place after a re installation of the display driver Otherwise just the default presets will be available e Retain application data The configuration files for the video channels can be retained With the next dialog the de installation of the driver can be started To uninstall confirm with Yes TransForm A Uninstall options Kod Barco TransForm A uninstall agxuninst Copyright C 2005 2007 Uninstall 4 3 0 156 For Barco drivers and related Files Uninstall options l Cleans completely the registry From Barco entries fd isle nests The display settings and the wallconfiguration are lost This uninstall will retain all presets and or video settings upon your selection Uninstall now Then the de installation is running When done you are asked to reboot the computer Confirm again with Yes System Settings Change LY You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do you want to restart your computer now After this a new display driver must be installed If you want to revert to an earlier driver release please refer to the user s manual that was provided with that driver software for an instruction of the installation Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLY 6 24 6 Advanced configuration Command line based usage of agxuninst exe agxuninst exe can
187. l mouse with PS 2 adapter 2 5m cable USB PC Keyboard English USB PC keyboard USB mouse extension with 20 m RJ 45 extension cable CBL 3380 5 USB PC keyboard USB mouse extension with 50 m RJ 45 extension cable CBL 3380 6 memory 256MB DDR RAM DIMM for AGs 3328 memory 512MB DDR RAM DIMM for AGs 3328 memory 512MB DDR2 RAM DIMM for AGs 3389 memory 1GB DDR2 RAM DIMM for AGS 3389 memory 1GB DDR2 FB DIMM for AGs 3390 1 2 Spare power module 400W for PROCESSOR AGS 3389 3 AGS 3328 3 Of EXTENDER EOS 3193 1 Spare power module 650W for PROCESSOR AGS 3390 1 2 Spare power module 600 W for OMNIBUS A12 AG S335 9 Spare power module 600 W for OmniBus A18 AGS 3335 1 Spare fan module for OmniBus A18 AGS 3335 Spare hard disk drive P ATA in removable frame without operating system for PROCESSOR AGS 3328 Spare hard disk drive P ATA for RAID 1 in removable frame without operating system for PROCESSOR AGS 3328 Or AGS 3389 AGS 3390 Spare hard disk drive S ATA in removable frame without operating system for PROCESSOR AGS 3389 AGS 3390 Spare hard disk drive S ATA for RAID 1 in removable frame without operating system for PROCESSOR AGS 3389 AGS 3390 Spare hard disk drive S ATA for RAID 5 in removable frame without operating system for PROCESSOR AGS 3389 AGS 3390 dust filter for PROCESSOR dust filter for OMNIBUS A12 and EXTENDER dust filter for OMNIBUS A18 Cables and adapters CBL 3206 0 CBL 3206 2 CBL 3206 3 CBL 3206 4 R9842989 R9842990
188. le 4 16 Video dialog box Duar DVI INPUT CARD If displaying sources of type 3 RGB analog or type 4 YUV analog please have a look at the following section 4 3 9 Displaying sources of Dual RGB Input Card to read more about the configuration of these source types Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________LL_ 4 36 4 Operating EDID Prom and DDC EDID data Extended Display Identification Data can be loaded to the Duar DVI Input Caro to provide DDC data for the connected image source generator e g the graphic card of a computer that is connected to an input of the DUAL DVI INPUT CARD By default the Duar DVI INPUT CARD uses 1024X768 60Hz as DDC timing To adapt the DDC timing select the entry Write EDID Prom from the menu of the control panel see section 4 3 3 Video software The available EDID files are stored under the following path WINDOWS could also be WINNT and the like c WINDOWS system32 drivers The names of the EDID files each start with Edid followed by the timing they contain e g Edid1024x768 60Hz bin In case that you want to check which EDID file is currently stored in the EDID prom you can use the Read EDID Prom entry from the menu The Storing EDID data dialog suggests the file name of the original EDID file as de fault name as long as the original file still is in the folder given above The suggested file name may serve to identify the timing
189. led with the set factor and up scaled accordingly in the OMNISCALER 0 16 of 16 pixels in x and y direction remain gt no prescaling default 1 15 of 16 pixels in x and y direction remain 8 8 of 16 pixels in x and y direction remain gt 1 4 of the whole amount of pixels remains 15 1 of 16 pixels in x and y direction remains Transparency defines the transparency of graphic objects on the RGB window e g the clock default is 0 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LL _ 4 18 Sharpness Pixel Format 4 Operating adjustment of sharpness factor default is 0 For video sources YUV 4 2 2 16 bpp Default optimal video quality and bandwidth efficiency RGB 5 6 5 16 bpp or RGB 8 8 8 24 bpp should not be selected only for test purposes For sources of DUAL DVI INPUT CARO YUV 4 2 2 16 bpp RGB 5 6 5 16 bpp or RGB 8 8 8 24 bpp Default depending on source type For source of DUAL RGB INPUT CARO RGB 5 6 5 16 bpp Default optimal bandwidth efficiency RGB 8 8 8 24 bpp high color depth image but bandwidth demanding For all source types XRGB 8 8 8 8 32 bpp should not be selected only for test purposes excessive bandwidth consumption Keyboard shortcuts Figure 4 5 Scaler Settings dialog box Frequently used commands can be entered with the keyboard left column or with the mouse and some addi tional key strokes middle column M
190. link PCIO PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 PCI7 PCI8 amp board slot Figure 3 41 Example for the numbering in a configuration with three OmniBus devices and one Processor AGS 3389 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 33 3 Getting started 3 2 16 Extender Connecting to the Processor The data connection between Processor and EXTENDER is established with a link interface card in the Processor and in the EXTENDER which are connected with a round cable Figure 3 42 Round cable to connect PROCESSOR and EXTENDER The cable between Processor and Extender is fragile It may not last under tension or being bent or twisted The link interface cards consume one PCI slot in the Processor and in the EXTENDER Order The connection card is inserted in the PCI slot with the lowest numbers A PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 Figure 3 43 Connection card to the EXTENDER in a PROCESSOR AGS 3389 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLL 3 34 3 Getting started Order of graphic and input cards In a Processor configuration with an EXTENDER the numbering of the graphic cards and QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARDS STREAMING VIDEO CARDS QUAD SDI VIDEO CARDS DUAL DVI INPUT CARDS and DUAL RGB INPUT Caros follows the order implic itly given by the ExTENDER and its interconnection The OMNISCALERS are numbered according to the
191. list in quotes video Name of the video switcher as defined in section Switcher and the socket number Number switcher ing begins with 1 Name and number are separated by a point input card Name of the input as defined in Table 6 16 If there are any computers defined the name of the computer has to be prefixed Separator after the computer name is a colon Instead the user defined name from section Grabber can be used Appended to the input name sepa rated by a point the connected port must be identified This is with all cards except the DUAL DVI INPUT CARD always 1 For the Duar DVI INpuT CarD specify the number that you would have selected in video exe under source Table 6 23 If a source is connected to more destinations the destinations can be listed one behind the other separated by a comma or for each connection a single line CABLES laptop to vsw0 2 computer to vsw0 1 RTL to vsw0 3 SAT to vsw0 4 vsw0 1 to RGBs 1 1 vsw0 2 to RGBs 2 1 vsw0 3 to RGBe 1 1 vsw0 4 to RGBe 2 1 vswl l to server frg3008 0 1 vswl 2 to server frg3008 1 1 vswl 3 to server frg3008 2 1 vswl 4 to server frg3008 3 1 vswl 5 to server frg3008 10 1 vswl 6 to server frg3008 11 1 vswl 7 to server frg3008 12 1 vswl 8 to server frg3008 13 1 vswl 9 to processor 2 frg3008 0 1 vswl 10 to processor 2 frg3008 1 1 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008
192. ll Pol Ba Det back to the previously installed driver Uninstall Update Driver To uninstall the driver Advanced OK Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _______ 6 23 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 6 Deinstallation of the display driver agxuninst exe If the Barco display driver has to be uninstalled the tool agxuninst exe should be used This is necessary if e g exchanging AGX GRAPHIC CARDS with UGX GRAPHIC CARDS or if you want to revert to an earlier version of the display driver Please note agxuninst exe removes also the complete video configuration made with the switcher language compiler SLC please refer to section 6 1 3 Configuring video To execute agxuninst exe you must be logged in as administrator The file is located on the harddisk in the following directory c BARCO TransForm A Suite Windows Driver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X agxuninst exe can only be run successfully when no instance of DEX MonAgent or Apollo is running Close DEX and Apollo applications and stop the MonAgent service before executing agxuninst exe With a double click on the file the uninstall application is started First the uninstall options must be selected e Retain presets The RGB and YUV presets for DUAL RGB INPUT CARD and DuAL DVI INpuT Card and stream presets for the STREAMING VIDEO CARD can be retained Enabling the chec
193. locking can avoid this unwanted behavior by providing the data Signals to the projector at a refresh rate which is perfectly adapted to one video source A Source of a QUAD ANA LOG VIDEO CARD a DUAL DVI INPUT CARD or a STREAMING VIDEO CARD can be used for genlocking Q Genlock is available in an OmniBus configuration only Usage Genlock is controlled by means of the command line tool genlock To use it open a command prompt and en ter genlock with the respective options like e g C gt genlock sel frg0 to specify the input card that provides the video source that is used for genlocking The following options are available Option calling genlock without option returns the complete options list start initializes the genlock utility this must first be entered to enable the further functionality sel lt FRG name gt lt FRG name gt selects the input card whose signal shall be used for genlocking ei W EXT INT ther the system default names or the names defined in the switcher definition file see section 4 3 2 Naming of video channels and video sources can be used EXT selects external input INT selects the first UGX or AGX GRAPHIC CARD Jon data on the projection modules is displayed in sync Before using on first a source must be selected with the option sel ot displaying in sync is stopped ES returns for all graphic cards the state of the parameters that are relevant for genlock ing stop de initializes
194. lution and refresh rate Setting of de interlacing mode for interlaced sources 5 different modes are available They should be selected depending on the content of the displayed video Mode 12 PC mode Mode 13 film mode Mode 14 sport Mode 15 advanced Mode 16 auto selection of one of the four modes above Setting of the dynamic reduction factor of the frame rate The static frame rate reduction which is determined by the input mode please refer to section 4 1 6 Dual DVI Input Card can additionally be reduced by this factor slider bar Range from 0 255 determines the dynamic reduction factor f x 256 x 256 f 0 1 i e no further reduction f 255 1 256 i e maximal reduction The value x is shown when clicking on the slider the resulting frame rate is displayed next to the Variable radio button Variable Slider bar is enabled Normal Default None Input frame rate is used if possible Noise reduction in the range of 0 to 16 Slider in left position 0 no noise reduction Slider in right position 16 maximum noise reduction Optimal noise reduction has to consider the content of the displayed source Selectable for source types 3 4 Detects automatically the visible portion of the signal and positions it in the video window If selected this applies each time the signal changes or gets reconnected Selectable for source types 3 4 Edit the preset Selectable for source types 3 4 Create new preset Tab
195. mapping cache address space is actually consumed in multiples of 16 MB The specified value is rounded to the next larger 4 MB or 16 MB multiple Enable orbiting With this option selected the orbiting of the display is started and the orbiting time can be defined Default not selected Effective initially after rebooting changed value after one step Table 3 11 When connecting display devices susceptible to image burn in like CRT monitors to TRANSForMm A the orbiting mode can help to reduce this effect With orbiting a reduced Windows desktop is moved permanently around on the connected CRT devices with the steps specified in seconds With Orbiting enabled the standard resolutions are reduced by 16 pixels on horizontal and vertical direction A desktop of 1280x960 pixels is thus reduced to 1264x944 pixels The least permissible resolution is 800x600 784x584 pixels because a reduced VGA display would fall below the minimum Windows desktop size of 640x480 Orbiting may not be used if on the Wall Configuration tab either Overlap or 1x2 settings is activated Q When orbiting is enabled the option m must be used for video applications please refer to section 4 3 1 Display in a window Grayscale mode With this option selected the display driver offers a single 8 bpp format with a fixed palette containing up to 256 shades of gray linear or gamma corrected Default not selected Effective initially after rebooting Table 3 12 Hard
196. may suffer from differences in color due to the characteristics of the image generating unit and to signal disturbances caused by electromagnetic interference while the signal is transmitted in the cable The RGB calibration tool is used to analyze a test image that is inserted to the two channels of each Duat DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD of the system and to store a calibration file for each card to compensate color abbreviations individually After performing the calibration procedure all RGB input channels in the system should present their content in a homogeneous appearance even in distributed scenarios Required hard and software The following components are required for the RGB calibration e Anotebook or computer acting as the RGB source e g with a VGA output port to provide the test picture e Cables and adapters to connect the RGB source with a port of the Duar DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD This should be the original cables that are used for the regular sources as well as the cables have an impor tant influence on the calibration e The files TestImage exe and RgbCal exe from the display driver suite TestImage exe is used to display a defined test image on the external notebook or computer such that the desktop of this computer is able to act as calibration source for the Duar DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD RgbCal exe is used on the TRANSForm A whose RGB channels shall be calibrated Preparing the
197. mode Should be entered for transport streams when the PAT program allocation tables or PMT program map tables are not sent 0 is a predefined value It causes an auto search for the video PID If no valid PID is found no video will be shown Skip bytes at Not applicable but the default value o should not be changed Start End Encoder Control This section contains data that is used if initial communication with the encoder is needed to prompt the encoder to setup a stream Encoder Name ID selection mode This field must be empty To remove a selection select the field and press the DEL key List mode Selection of the appropriate encoder configuration IP Address IP address of the encoder Indication is mandatory to evaluate information of this section Port Port where the encoder listens to TCP start commands IP Protocol Not applicable but the default value udp should not be changed Startstring String that is additionally sent to the specified encoder A suitable startstring is automati cally provided by selecting PID above if applicable Figure 4 10 Parameters on the Streams Parameters Editor for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 As unicast streams are only sent to one single IP address only one Streaming Video Card at a time is able to display one particular unicast stream Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 4 25 4 Operating The numbers indicating the encoder con
198. must be installed Proceed as explained in section 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language compiler Update of network card driver Insert the CD TRANSForm A Suite into the CD ROM drive and setup the driver of the network adapter by means of a driver update in the device manager Therefore open the device manager Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt System gt Hardware Tab gt Device Manger Here you can select the suitable driver from the TRANSFORM A Suite For this purpose there is an overview on the TRANSForM A Suite about which driver should be selected depending on the network card and the used operating system Windows service pack Install the suitable recommended service pack please refer to section 3 4 Operating system Take care to install the service pack in the same lanquage like your Windows installation The service pack for Windows 2000 can be found in the directory lt CDROM gt 3rd party Windows 2000 SP4 The service packs for Windows XP are part of the Windows XP system CDs Increasing desktop heap size The desktop heap size must be adjusted in the registry please refer to section 6 1 2 Registry reference SharedSec tion Optimizing mouse cursor for TransForm A system For the optimal display of the mouse pointer when moved on video windows deactivate the pointer shadow Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Mouse gt Pointers Tab gt Enable pointer shadow plea
199. n 23 2608 68 51 56 start of calibration program of TFA Driver version 14 4 0 164 enumerating RGB channels to calibrate Backplane 1 slot 6 device 4 RGB 3616 FRG 3668 SN 66666617 Channel O port 1 Open device frg4 Wait for stable signal Display rgb source at 6 Wait for test picture Prepare calibration file Process test picture at 070 Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 6 8972 7 5 6739 6 8976 0 0439 6 9167 1 4276 End 6 9986 6 3418 1 606016 46 1712 1 6614 0 5862 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal66666617 CAL Remove test picture Backplane 1 slot 6 device 5 RGB 3616 FRG 3668 SN 66666617 Channel 1 port 1 Open device frg5 Wait for stable signal Display rgb source at 6 8 Wait for test picture Prepare calibration file Process test picture at 070 Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 8882 2 0299 8 8921 2 3481 6 9046 8 2546 End 6 9998 6 3439 1 6614 0 6962 6 9976 8 5842 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCa 166660617 CAL Remove test picture Backplane 1 slot 8 device 6 HDU 3388 FRG 3355 SN 9290022478 Channel O port 3 Open device frg6 Wait for stable signal Display rgb source at 070 Wait for test picture Prepare calibration file Process test picture at 1 Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 6 8819 4 8139 8781 44 1132 6 9059 7 4 1856 End 1 6612 6 5887 6 9987 6 6256 1 0612 4846 Ta
200. ng Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 and 4 3 6 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card J2K Board ipaddress ipnetmask ipgateway codec Board mpg3012 0 Indication of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD see Table 6 16 please The number in brackets is the number of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD in the PCI slots order starting with 0 counting up succes sively if more STREAMING VIDEO CARDS are used The IP address of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD This must be one unique fixed IP address for each STREAMING VIDEO CARD The netmask of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD Must be the same for each STREAMING VIDEO CARD The gateway of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD Must be the same for each STREAMING VIDEO CARD The coding algorithm the following algorithms are supported e h263 mjpeg mpeg2 mpeg4 sp scn_dec visiowave for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 e not applicable for STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 adjust the stream settings in video exe in stead e j2k for STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K ipaddress 192 ipnetmask 255 Board mpg3012 1 168 Sao ipgateway 192 codec mpeg2 ipaddress 192 ipnetmask 255 168 168 i200 ipgateway 192 codec mpeg2 168 Table 6 19 0 176 s2000 Oad 0 177 255 0 0 1 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 6 13 Grabber 6 Advanced configuration Each section beginning with Grabber assigns a user
201. ng the Upgrade Device NS Driver Wizard SS E BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Completing the Hardware Update eS Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Windows has finished installing the software for this device The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer To close this wizard click Finish Click Finish to close the wizard Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 6 22 6 Advanced configuration You will be prompted to restart the computer But do not restart the computer at this time therefore click No S Se Q Your hardware settings have changed You must restart your computer for these changes to take effect Your hardware settings have changed You must restart your computer For these changes to take effect Do you want to restart your computer now Do you want to restart your computer now Now the file setup exe must be executed This is explained in detail in section 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language compiler in the subsection Executing setup exe Please follow the steps explained there After doing so including the final system reboot the dialog informs about the new installed graphic driver Just confirm this dialog with OK and you are ready with the d
202. ng this Supplemental EULA including any online or electronic documentation OS Components are subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement under which you have licensed the applicable Microsoft operating system product described below each an End User License Agreement or EULA and the terms and conditions of this Supplemental EULA BY INSTALLING COPYING DOWNLOADING ACCESSING OR OTHERWISE v Read Me Continue Cancel Windows XP Multilingual User Interface Pack Install languages for menus and dialogs Select the lanquages you want to install on the system Clear the checkboxes to remove languages C Chinese Simplified C Chinese Traditional C French German C Japanese O Korean Default user settings Select a language for the default user and new user accounts German v Match the language for non Unicode programs with the default user language m cancel After clicking OK the language files get installed Confirm the completed multilingual installation with OK and reboot the computer by clicking Yes Installing Multilingual Files Installing German Multilingual Files for the Windows components Windows XP Multilingual User Interface Pack Multilingual File Installation was completed successfully Windows XP Multilingual User Interface Pack The German Germany UI will be used at the logon screen and applied to all new user accounts immediately Other system s
203. niBus 2 On this area 16 video windows can be displayed and freely scaled and moved If a video window is moved to the display area Omni Bus 1 the window appears with the background color Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 Getting started 3 3 Starting up 3 3 1 Connecting Mouse and keyboard must be connected to the respective connectors on the rear of the Processor Please refer to sections 3 2 2 Mouse and 3 2 3 Keyboard e in an OmniBus configuration connect the link interface and remote power on off cables to the TRANSFORM A devices If an external genlock signal is used connect it also to the Processor Please refer to 3 2 15 OmniBus and 3 2 14 CPU board e Ina Processor configuration if necessary connect the ExTENDeRs to the Processor Please refer to 3 2 16 Extender Plug in the power cables on the back panel of the TransForm A devices Please refer to section 3 2 1 Power supply Connect the graphic cards to the OMNISCALERS if OMNISCALERS are used Connect the display devices to the graphic cards or OMNISCALERS At least one display must be connected for administrating TRANSForM A Please refer to 3 2 5 Graphic cards and 3 2 6 OmniScaler Connect the video and RGB sources to the input cards of TRANSForM A Please refer to section 3 2 7 Quad Analog Video Card 3 2 8 Streaming Video Card 3 2 9 Quad SDI Video Card 3 2 10 Dual DVI Input Card and 3 2 11 Dual RGB Input Card
204. niBus configuration confirm with Yes e Ina Processor configuration if inserting multiple new cards click No and just reboot one time manually after the procedure explained above has been run through for all cards System Settings Change 2 Tou must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do vou want to restart your computer now Figure 6 7 system settings change If you inserted graphic cards in TransForm A you have to configure these graphic cards see section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 lt lt 6 31 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 10 Windows XP activation Windows XP must once be activated after the installation This is already done in the factory Nevertheless after too many hardware changes it might be necessary to activate Windows XP again Therefore start the Windows activation Start gt Accessories gt System Tools gt Activate Windows You can activate Windows XP via the Internet or telephone depending on your preferences Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1___1___1__ 6 32 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 11 Redundant network adapter To obtain a redundant network connection to the LAN the Processor can be equipped with multiple network cards that form an AFT Adapter Fault Tolerance team A team
205. ntatsners beats 4 41 inter O O A NON 7 15 ONCE T eano 3 25 3 33 3 35 DSS CUS steel cuss a a E N 7 8 DEOD TI O S aAA teres ste een 4 3 technical datda asnan 7 6 Dual RGB Input Card channel video uu eeeeeesscesceeessceseessesseeseesseesees 4 7 COMMGUPAUOM io NA 4 41 imer C Ea A 7 15 OTOCI aeeoea A 3 27 3 33 3 35 DIGS CUS aa EROE 4 43 7 8 DOPET IES eniron E 4 3 technical data ereinen en ea E 7 7 Dual DVI to 2xCRT adapter cable interface 7 12 Dual DVI to 2xDVI D adapter cable interface 7 12 DVD ROM five wu cece cece ccceccesescesecseseesseeseseeees 3 3 FOID Deepen era terre renee tee ter een ten eee ee 4 37 encoder SEUUIM OS renier an 4 27 Pende iess an a eiodasastuataten 2 3 MOUSIN O enient nateoessaeeacnesncesaeat acts 3 13 technical data annita 7 2 FBA e eet vaneeee eeensea sae eemaca anne eaneausioees 3 21 filter exchange uu eeeseceesseseeseeseeeeeeeceseeseeseeseeseens 5 2 floppy disk CHV E sarzcctece tet merne asncenaaaenees 3 3 freely moveable video window cccccceseeeeees 4 2 freeze 4 19 4 21 4 22 4 31 4 34 4 35 4 38 genlock Col DIN een 3 31 command line TOO ee eee cess cssceteeteeeseees 6 38 DIO DOINGS eters cet chetea stead HiedSiet Cal teed a ktea de 4 7 GUIDING E haaa a e 6 14 graphic card Dual DVI interface s sssensesnesnseseesessesesesrese 7 11 Ol CEM EEEE ENEE EIEEE TE 3 33 3 35 technical datausssnnisaannin aa a 7 3 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC
206. nto nine chapters Introduction explains the structure of the manual itself and the used typographic styles and symbols Safety information is provided concerning the operation of computer systems from Barco Summary gives an overview about the features of TRANSFORM A Getting Started describes the setup of TRANSFORM A Operating shows the capabilities which TRANsForm A offers displaying graphics and video Maintenance describes the maintenance of TRANSFORM A Advanced Configuration may provide useful information for reconfiguring the software of your TRANSFORM A Technical Appendix gives tabular overviews about the technical details of TRANsForm A its components and of their interfaces Troubleshooting gives advice if your TRANSForRM A does not operate properly Index lists the keywords of the manual Chapters pages figures and tables are numbered separately Chapters are indicated by a point syntax lt e g 4 2 3 pages by a dash syntax e g 2 1 as figures and tables are e g figure 5 4 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 12 1 Introduction 1 2 Styles and symbols The typographic styles and the symbols used in this document have the following meaning Bold Labels menus and buttons are printed in the Bold font Condensed Links to both other chapters of this manual and to sites in the Internet are printed condensed In the on line version of this
207. nto the mains connections of each Processor 25 Figure 3 5 OmniBus A12 24 OMNIBUS A18 27 and EXTENDER 24 Figure 3 14 respectively Figure 3 16 Mains connection e Plug the male end of each power cord into a power outlet 3 2 2 Mouse The standard mouse is a USB optical mouse with a PS 2 adapter Either plug it with its PS 2 adapter into the PS 2 mouse jack 26 or plug USB connector into one of the USB jacks 28 of the Processor aa Figure 3 17 mouse connection via PS 2 left and via USB right 3 2 3 Keyboard The standard keyboard is a USB keyboard Plug it into one of the USB jacks 28 of the Processor Bard ee Figure 3 18 keyboard connection via USB Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HH ______ 3 15 3 Getting started 3 2 4 Keyboard extension The keyboard extension allows a distant positioning of keyboard and mouse The figure below shows schematically the parts and the cabling of the keyboard extension The keyboard extension is made up of two extension boxes remote extension box REX 3 local extension box LEX 5 and two connection cables RJ 45 connection cable 20m 4 USB cable 6 Keyboard and mouse are plugged into the remote extension box instead of being plugged directly into the Processor The remote extension box is connected to the local extension box with the connection cable 20m The local extension box is connected to an US
208. ntry in the registry 6 2 6 Advanced configuration In the Edit DWORD Value dialog box e g you can edit Value data and specify if the value s base is hexadeci mal or decimal Edit DWORD Yalue Value name Screen eometry Value data Bate 20100 Hexadecimal O Decimal Cancel Figure 6 3 Editing an entry in the registry Click OK and exit the registry editor unless you want to make further changes to the registry Unless indicated otherwise all changes will take effect after rebooting Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 6 3 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 2 Registry reference ScreenGeometry The ScreenGeometry value determines the arrangement of the connected Barco projection cubes projectors or monitors Name ScreenGeometry Typ DWORD Value OOOO NC SOK Oe Nora 0 de Default 0 Effective after rebooting Table 6 1 The leading Ox declares the number to be hexadecimal the following digits are divided in three groups lt XXX X gt lt YY gt lt gt The first group determines the number of modules in horizontal direction x the sec ond one gives the number in vertical direction y the third has to be 00 Only the number of modules exceeding a 1x1 arrangement is taken into account Thus an arrangement of 3x2 modules 3 rows 2 lines is written as 00020100 The leading zeroes however are skipped 20100 The following table lists examples for s
209. o Indigovision interface tool is required for the streaming mpeg4 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 The Barco Indigovision interface tool is required for the streaming mjpeg UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 Software viewer is needed to start the multicast stream and for keep alive mpeg2 RTP 0 0 auto OFF 0 mpeg4 i 7 7 5 OFF mjpeg UDP 0 0 auto OFF 0 TCP is not enabled for the Streaming video card mpeg2 UDP 12 0 auto ON 0 Multiple ports for TCP possible Startstring Mavix mpeg4 UDP 12 0 auto ON 0 Multiple ports for TCP possible Startstring Mavix mxpeg UDP 0 0 auto ON 0 Startstring Mobotix GET control faststream jpg SS St ream MxPEG tps 25 000 HITP 1 0 n n Signaling method is HTTP signaling is supported The stream is a unicast stream Resolutions up to 1280x576 supported mpeg2 RTP 4 0 auto OFF 0 RTP 0 0 Only CIF resolution only I and P frames are used No successive Video Object Plane VOP start markers without data used in recorded streams Stream must be multicasted and always available on the network no stream setup signaling required RTP 0 0 OFF 0 The Ethernet interfaces must be set to Forced 100 Mbps Full Duplex when con necting to an NKF Switch mpeg4 auto OFF 0 mpeg2 auto mpeg2 3 z auto OFF mpeg2 UDP 0 0 auto OFF h263 RTP 0 0 auto OFF l frame distance may not be 0 mpeg2 RTP 4 0 auto OFF 0 No on board RCP support Encoder manufacturer type Pelco PelcoNet NET4001A Siemens OTN MVIDIP
210. o specify the desired preset file Table 4 20 you will need to remove the read only attribute within the file properties dialog In a file manager press the right mouse button on the file name select Properties and make sure that read only is not selected Click Apply Q When storing a new preset file it is written as read only file Before you can change its contents Presets can be added to or removed from the Active Presets as well as from a selected preset file They can be exchanged from left to right gt gt and vice versa lt lt To select the presets click them with the mouse Pressing Shift while clicking enables one to select several presets Pressing Contr while clicking toggles the selection state of the clicked preset The Select button offers access to the dialog box Select Presets Select Presets View Left C Right Compare Same Different Ignore Kame gt L O ID B ie Timing f L i Mame Find 1280 Cancel Figure 4 24 Selecting presets View Left presets from the left column will be selected Right presets from the right column will be selected Compare compares Name ID and Timing of left and right column presets Same presets with identical Name ID or Timing will be selected Different presets with different Name ID or Timing will be selected Ignore the category will not be taken into account Name Find selects the presets whose name contains the inserted character string capitaliz
211. ode The plain video mode may be used in a system where only very view videos are displayed In such systems it is possible to omit the OmNiScALERS Video in plain video mode can not be upscaled and the color depth of the whole display is limited to a color depth of 16 bpp Please refer also to section 6 2 2 Plain video mode Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HH 4 7 4 Operating 4 2 8 Distributed video When multiple OmniBus devices are used to provide graphical output for the display wall each of these OmniBus devices corresponds to a display area on the display wall Input cards are always limited to provide their source just within one OmniBus and therefore on one display area To achieve anyhow freely movable and scalable video windows distributed video can be used Distributed video can be applied to all types of sources of the input cards In contrast to the standard display of video a video source is fixed to a video input of an input card with dis tributed video one video source is related to a video window This window is displayed by a group of video input cards with one video input card located in each OmniBus Depending on the location of the video window on the display wall the video input card of the respective OmniBus provides the video data If the window is located on the display areas of several OmniBus devices all concerned video input cards contribute their part of t
212. oded with the same compression algorithm 4 1 3 Streaming Video Card SVC 2 The STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 is able to decode and simultaneously display the following formats and amount of video streams MPEG 2 up to 15 Mbps per stream MPEG 4 part2 up to 8 Mbps per stream Visiowave up to four streams For each stream the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 provides a dedicated DSP Therefore any combination of the above mentioned compression algorithms can be decoded by one card simultaneously 4 1 4 Streaming Video Card J2K The STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K is able to decode and simultaneously display the following formats and amount of video streams JPEG2000 from 1 stream with up to 1000 Mbps till 4 streams with up to 800 Mbps together 4 1 5 Quad SDI Video Card Four different digital video sources can be connected to a single QuAD SDI ViDEo CARD and displayed simultane ously Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1____1___1_ 42 4 Operating 4 1 6 Dual DVI Input Card The Duar DVI INPUT CARD processes one or two signals These can be sources of multiple types composite video or S Video analog or digital RGB sources or component video The most common VESA timings and HDTV timings are stored as presets for RGB sources and HDTV signals In addition user defined timings can be saved The timing and aspect ratio of the connected signal is detected automatically The card provides
213. of the source are automati cally detected as long as the default setting Detect Position remains on and Auto is selected in the Presets list The DUAL RGB INPUT CARD and the Duar DVI INpuT CARD perform complete auto detection of the screen mode as well as of the position In most cases this results in settings to optimally display the RGB or YUV data If anyhow auto detection sets a preset with e g a different resolution then if you know the timing of the incoming signal se lect this timing from the preset list the video software will position the source in respect of the newly selected timing Depending on the version of the controlware of the Dual RGB INPuT CarD auto detection might behave slightly different to the given description which is based on version 3010 02 Please refer in this case to section 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input lt r To check the version of the controlware you can use the device explorer please refer to section 6 1 13 Device Explorer Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ __ ___ _______ 4 39 Preset editor 4 Operating The Preset Editor allows the creation and adjustment of presets Please refer to section 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input Preset Name Change Timing HPos VPos PLL Divider Phase Advanced Set manually VCO Range Charge Pump Current HV Level SoG Level RGB 3010 Preset Edito
214. ojection modules in the display wall number of columns of projection modules in the display wall absolute number of pixels in horizontal direction absolute number of pixels in vertical direction OmniBus configuration number of single PCI Bus segments also the PCI Bus segment in the Processor is considered therefore this number less 1 is the amount of used OmniBus devices Processor configuration always one PCI Bus segment is indicated color depth used to operate the display wall number of available input channels number of available output channels Table 6 28 DEX entries of wall properties 6 43 6 Advanced configuration Output channels indicates the configuration and assignment of the channels of the graphic cards and Omni SCALERS according to the appearance of the data on the display wall The names of the entries indicate the posi tion on the display wall where this graphic channel is displayed please refer to the table below If OMNISCALERS are used then there is also a subentry available that shows the properties of the respective OMNISCALER channel Entry Graphic card Row Column GX_BoardType GX_BPIndex GX ConnectorPos GX _Devindex OMNISCALER BS _BoardType BS BPIndex BS ConnectorPos BS Devindex meaning Position on the display wall where the graphic channel is displayed Row counted from top to bottom counting starts with 0 1 is used if the channel is not connected to the display wall
215. ols colors bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions Weight connectors Quad Analog Video Card video decoder de interlacer scaler CPU Frame Memory input formats colors video standard bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions weight connectors via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling Base T Ethernet 10 100 1000Mbps MPEG 2 ISO 13818 MP ML 4 2 0 MPEG 4 part 2 ISO 14496 2 ASP L5 Visiowave PAL NTSC 1 4 streams per board stream resolution up to 4CIF or D1 MPEG 2 up to 15Mbps per stream MPEG 4 part 2 up to 8Mbps per stream MPEG 2 iMPath NKF 7 Technical appendix MPEG 4 part 2 Acti Axis Cieffe Coe Coretec Cornet Hisome Mavix NKF Teleste Vbrick Verint VideoBridge Visiowave VisioWave UDP RTP RTCP and RTSP IGMP v3 internal data path YUV 4 2 2 16 bit wide PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 2 3 3 V 0 3 V 5V 2 7A 3 3V 3 9A 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 500 g 1 x 64 bit 3 3 V 5 V PCI edge connector 2 x RJ45 connector 8 pin for redundant connection 4 x SAA 118E Median filter FPGA via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM CVBS PAL B D G H I N NTSC M N 4 43 SECAM internal data path YUV 4 2 2 16 bit wide ITU R601 and ITU R656 compatible PCI bus 64 bit 3 3 5 V max 66 MHz 5 V 2
216. om Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 AJ 3 5 3 Getting started On the left hand side is the mains connection 25 At the case of a Processor with redundant power supplies there is for both of the two power modules a mains connection 25 and additionally a power switch 35 and an LED 36 that indicates operation of the power module when lightened In the middle of the power modules there is the air supply 14 The remote power on off connector 16 is for connection to OmniBus devices With the optional connectors external genlock in 17 and external genlock loop through in 15 an external genlock signal can be con nected to multiple Processors and OmNniBus devices PS 2 mouse 26 is for plugging in a PS 2 mouse and PS 2 keyboard 27 is for plugging in a PS 2 keyboard For USB mouse and USB keyboard the USB jack 28 can be used With the onboard LAN adapter 32 the net work connection can be established On the right hand side there are different PCI and PCI Express cards 18 24 inserted depending on the actual hardware configuration of the PROCESSOR To protect the Processor from overheating the air supply openings in the case shall be kept free of obstructions To disconnect the Processor from the power supply all power cords have to be pulled of the mains connection 25 Therefore the back panel has to be easily accessible The expansion slots The Processor AGS 3
217. ome arrangements lines rows 1 2 3 4 1 00000 10000 20000 30000 2 00100 10100 20100 30100 3 00200 10200 20200 30200 4 00300 10300 20300 30300 table 6 2 ScreenOrder The order in which the Barco projection cubes projectors or monitors are assigned to the graphic channels of TRANSFORM A is Stored as ScreenOrder in the registry Name ScreenOrder Typ Binary Value Value binary string with up to 256 bytes Default OO CHRO NEE Effective after setting display properties or after rebooting Table 6 3 The ScreenOrder value data are divided in pairs lt AA gt lt BB gt lt CC gt lt DD gt The first pair specifies which chan nel is assigned to the first projection cube the second pair specifies which channel is assigned to the second projection cube and so on The projection cubes are counted starting with zero Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __ 6 4 6 Advanced configuration As default the Barco projection cubes and graphic channels are assigned in columns from top to bottom starting with the left column as shown in Figure 3 63 This assignment may be changed for some reason E g it may be advantageous to change the order thus that the channels are assigned in rows instead of columns as shown in Figure 3 64 The following table lists some examples arrangement Assigning cubes and channels in columns Assigning cubes and channels in rows Xxy 4
218. omplete set of parameters is added the streamname can be omitted The following parameters are available The values are set according to the description in section 4 3 5 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 and 4 3 6 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card J2K unicast broadcast Of lt nnn nnn nnn nnn gt see IP Address see Port udp rtp see IP Protocol auto elementary program transport see Stream Protocol see PID see Skip byte at Start see Skip byte at End see IP Address of the encoder see Encodername of the encoder see Port number of the encoder see IP Protocol for encoder communication see Startstring to send to encoder for stream start Specify format of video source 4 3 16 9 Default is 4 4 3 Disable preset cache in the video dialog box Input 4 Operating pic Display video without a window title bar borders Setting aspect ratio to source or to display preserves the aspect ratio of the video setting aspect ratio to manual keeps the size of the display k Disable keyboard shortcuts m To be used if orbiting is enabled p Disable video dialog box ac lt value gt Specify the overscan value values ranging from 0 to 1000 corresponding to 0 to 10 over scan on each border of the image ee Make video window a topmost window Table 4 4 Options of video exe If using the option c make sure to indicate the complete absolute or relative path to the configuration file
219. on This chapter provides help for reconfiguring the software of your TRANSFORM A Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 t _________ 6 1 6 1 Advanced software configuration The display driver of your TRANSForM A can be configured as described in section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver and 3 5 3 Configuring the display wall 6 Advanced configuration Some advanced features are not accessible from the control panel They can be configured directly in the Win dows registry 6 1 1 Editing the registry Registry editor Click the Start button on the taskbar and choose Run to display the Run dialog box open Type the name of a program Folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Figure 6 1 Run regedit Enter regedit as the program to be opened and click OK The Registry Editor is started Follow the path HKEY LOCAL MACHINE System Current Cont rolset Services agx3281 Deviced Open the desired entry by double clicking its name in the list If it does not exist yet create an entry with the commands Edit and New Registry Editor File fl View Favorites Help Permissions Delete Rename Copy key Mame Find Ctrl F Find Next F3 adpul m AFE agp4 40 J 465Mon agx3000 key String Value Binary Value DWORD value Multi String Value Expandable String Value VolatileSettings Enum
220. on Grabber can be used Table 6 21 DFRG DVid 1 QAVCs 1 QAVCs 5 DFRG DVid 2 server frg3008 4 server frg3008 14 Sourcelist Each section beginning with Sourcelist defines a group of video sources and assigns this group a user accessible name Source names in a sourcelist must be unique but each source can be used several times with the same video type and preset Sourcelist The name inserted in quotes is the user accessible name name Assigns a video source a name The video sources are listed in the order they are connected to the video switcher video type Assigns a video type to the video source See section Switcher for definition of video types preset Optional Assigns a preset to a video source This overwrites autodetection NTSC PAL SECAM BW50 and BW60 are possible presets Table 6 22 Sourcelist analog video defining video sources RTL Composite PAL SAT 1 SVideo PAL Sourcelist RGB defining RGB sources laptop rgb computer rgbhv Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 6 15 6 Advanced configuration ROUTES The section ROUTES defines the routing of source lists to groups of distributed video or single video channels The first entry in each line marks the source list the last expression marks the routed video channel or distributed video Several video channels or distributed videos can be listed sep
221. one of the following keywords as videotype composite svideo rgb rgbc rgbhv Data with need of fewer channels may as well be transmitted if for example rgbhv is selected as well data of type rgb and rgbc may be transmitted Video switchers can be divided into a master and a sub device i e the inputs are affiliated to the master device the outputs are divided in multiple logical video switchers This enables the use of one physical video switcher for video as well as RGB sources or just in order to provide a clearer logical structure to the distributed signals Switcher The name inserted in quotes is the user accessible name Device Name of the video switcher see Table 6 16 and text above please Sub devices are numbered with an appended index starting with 1 counted up successively if more sub devices are used Connection Determines the serial port of the server Inputs Determines the number of available inputs of the video switcher Needs to be indicated for the master device Sub devices use the inputs of the master device Outputs Determines the number of available outputs of the master or sub device Level Reserved for advanced configuration Videotype Determines which type of signal may be transmitted by the outputs Select composite svideo rgb rgbc rgbhv dvi_rgba Dual DVI Input Card port 3 dvi_yuva Dual DVI Input Card port 4 or dvi_rgbd Dual DVI Input Card port 5 Host Indicates the computer connected via the
222. onnectors for connecting the remote power on off cables Do not remove the sheet metal plate The connector behind is reserved for diagnostic purposes remote power on off in E mena remote power on off out i Ly wlc Figure 3 36 connectors of CPU board Connecting order remote power on off All TRANSFoRM A devices of an OmniBus configuration should be connected in a daisy chain for remote power on off mechanism Therefore the remote power on off connector 16 on the back of the Processor must be connected with the remote power on off in connector of the CPU board of the first OmniBus The remote power on off out connector of this OmniBus must be connected to the remote power on off in connector of the next OmniBus and so on The remote power on off out connector of the last OmniBus remains unconnected Figure 3 37 cabling for remote power on off at OmniBus A18 devices Do not mix up the connetors for remote power on off with the mechanically identical connectors of the network adapters Mixing the connectores will cause damage to the system Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLL__ 3 30 3 Getting started Connecting order remote power on off and genlock In general all OmniBus devices that are locked to the same source must be connected to each other by means of the remote power on off cabling In pa
223. ons printed on the devices e Servicing not explicitly mentioned in this manual should never be carried out by unauthorized personnel Never open the case of the unit without first disconnecting the power supply cord e To prevent fire or electrical shock hazard do not expose this unit to rain or moisture e This product should be operated from an AC power source e Check that the voltage and frequency of your power supply match those printed on the device label with the rated electrical values e If you are not sure of the type of AC power available consult your dealer or local power company e This product is equipped with a 3 wire grounding plug a plug having a third grounding pin This plug will only fit into a grounding type power outlet This is a safety feature If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet Do not defeat the purpose of the ground ing type plug e This equipment must be grounded earthed via the supplied 3 conductor AC power cable If the supplied power cable is not the correct one consult your dealer Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___LLLLLLL 1 4 1 Introduction Mains lead AC power cord with CEE 7 plug The wires of the mains lead are colored in accordance with the following code yellow green Earth Ground blue Neutral brown Line Live Figure 1 1 CEE 7 plug
224. ontrol panel Pressing the Add button adds a new stream with the entered name into the Streams list The parameters that are displayed at that time are saved together with it If an entry with the same name already exists its parame ters are not changed Pressing the Apply button applies the displayed parameters to the hardware In that way changes can be controlled directly Pressing the OK button applies the parameters to the hardware and to the registry Pressing the Cancel button closes the window anyhow changes that are already confirmed with the Add or Delete button cannot be revoked Stream parameters for streams of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 SVC 2 and J2K are commonly stored and listed If using different type of Streaming Video Cards in one system take care to select stream parameters that suite the card type Stream Parameters Editor Stream Axis ZU Add Delete Decoder Control IF Address Fort IF Protocal 224 0 1 a0 26 3026 udp Stream Protocal FIC jauto ka 6 Skip bytes at Start 0 End 0 Encoder Control Encoder Name PAddress IF Protocal i 92 168 180 26 a54 itep Startstring cares __ Figure 4 9 Stream Parameter Editor of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 or SVC 2 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 lt lt lt 4 24 4 Operating The configuration of a stream differs depending on using STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 of STREAMING
225. or operator station uu eee 2 2 Multiport 1 0 Card ICE Fi E E EE E Satta AEE N A 7 16 EE et AEE AE E ENEA A N ETETE 3 28 multi screen Capability 0 ccc ececeeceeeseeeseenee 2 2 Network AdjUStMENL ee eseeeeseetseeeeteees 3 41 REWORK CONC ucarana a 3 29 TEE FAC EE E EE E A vee oer 7 17 NI Gane eereemen E 4 2 4 4 ODES US esata anean Ne 2 3 OmniBus A12 OX DAMSIOM Slo Gea EAR 3 9 ROUS Ocene 3 7 technical dataran a 7 2 9 Index OmniBus A18 eXpansion SIOUS i tescccacasiversnedececdanndatdunescosaednaeaas 3 12 HOUS teeth eet eae 3 10 technical data oo ccc cecesecseceseeseeeseeseeeseenes 7 2 OmniScaler Dual DVI interface wo eee eeees 7 13 7 14 PO QUES saN 4 7 0 4 E ee eee ene S E ene eo Te eS E 3 33 3 35 t chnical data ii2 sential tiacratt aie anaes 7 3 onboard LAN adapte lou eeecseessceseeseeeseeeeeee 3 29 o line manidesa 1 8 perang Syste N rseson u tacones indice 3 43 EAE ELON AE E E E E E EE EAT 6 26 EOLA IE EE A IEE EE E T 3507 OfGEMCOGES piorra 7 18 overlap SETTINGS ccc cceeseeeeeeceseeseeseeseeseeteenees 3 61 OW CIV GW texts ce ietccae need eectac tae eeceasese hemes 2 2 a S PAE EEE E E PE A E EE EE E 4 2 4 4 PanelResolutionOnly ou cece ccceseeseessceeesseeseens 6 7 PCI mapping cache SIZE eee eeseeseeeeeeeeeees 3 57 PCI slots GO GION ll sce seiGosbed E eaves net vmesac acess 3 13 numbering on Extender ou eee eseseeseeteeees 3 14 numbering ON OMNIBUS A12 ue eseseeeeeeee 3 9 numberin
226. orM A output Thus one UGX GRAPHIC CARD is able to control eight projection modules altogether This is called 1x2 XGA settings One graphics signal of TRANSForm A contains the display information for two projection modules with XGA resolu tion 1024x768 pixels which results in a timing with 1024x1536 pixels The graphics card connects just to one of the projection modules this module displays only its part and loops through the unchanged signal to the sec ond projection module which displays the other part of the signal System requirements The following conditions have to be met to allow 1x2 XGA settings e The resolution of a projection module must be XGA 1024x786 pixels e The projection modules must support 1x2 XGA settings with an input signal of 1024x1536 pixels and loop through functionality e Only projection modules which are positioned on top of each other can form a couple and use one graphics channel commonly e The graphics cards in TRANSFoRM A have to be UGX GRAPHIC CARDS e In general the upper projection module is connected to the output channel of TRANsForm A the lower projec tion module is connected to the loop through output of the upper projection module e Ifthe display wall has an odd number of rows then the bottom row does not use 2x1 settings and each projection module of the bottom row has to be connected directly to an output of TRANSFORM A Setup and configuration For 1x2 XGA settings the cabling betwe
227. ost commands are valid for all type of sources and input cards But there are also some individual commands which apply only to one type of input Keyboard Video window Pause Backspace F5 Shift F5 Ctrl F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 Shift F10 Mouse Left click in video window Drag corner of video window Drag border of video window Drag within video window Hold Shift and left click Hold Ctrl and left click Left click and right click in video window Double click Right click For DUAL DVI INPUT CARD only O wu A W N For DUAL RGB InpuT CARD only Meaning Freeze on off if the source is frozen most display settings cannot be changed Change size of video window and video Change size of video window in one direction if cropping is enabled the video gets cropped if cropping is disabled the video gets stretched contracted if in addition the Format Source Display is selected the aspect ratio of the window is maintained Zoom in selected area only available if cropping is enabled and if the Format Manua is selected Zoom in to mouse pointer only available if cropping is en abled and if the Format Manua is selected Zoom out from mouse pointer only available if cropping is enabled and if the Format Manua is selected Full screen mode on off Constant aspect ratio in full screen mode on off Channel video on off Switch from 4 3 to 16 9 aspect ratio of video sources Video shown uncropped Standard
228. otocol settings for the adapter are removed The adapter may momentarily lose te connection to the network lt Back Cancel Select a beam mode Adapter Fault Tolerance Adaptive Load Balancing Static Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad Dynamic Link Aggregation Switch Fault Tolerance Adapter Fault Tolerance Advanced Networking Services ANS Team Types Networking supports these ANS team modes Adapter Fault Tolerance Switch Faut Tolerance Adaptive Load Balancing Static Link Aggregation w Back Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 t _________ 6 35 6 Advanced configuration Finally click the Finish button to configure the team to the system New Team Wizard The wizard has the settings needed to create the team The adapters in this team will be hidden in Device Manager You can view and modify the settings for these adapters from the team properties dialog i Cancel When the configuration is done the Wizard disappears and the Team Properties dialog comes up You can close this dialog with clicking OK Also the Server Adapter Properties dialog is still open In the Team list there is now an entry with the new built team Close also this dialog with OK Intel R PRO 1000 MT Server Adapter Properties TEAM Team 0 Properties E ma a VLANs Boot Agent Driver Details Resources General Settings Advanced VLANs
229. ounaenas A E E EE SEAE 6 46 Gal 1S RGB CAllDRAUl OG TO aa a aukoaeemencceeee eure ayessaeaa are ounce aman eas 6 48 6 2 Advanced hardware COMMGUN ALON sx s2 treuseuse masta recaiadi ten T ET EEA 6 53 6D AVCAS CAGE OMAS CALI S a a a a 6 53 C2 AF TA EEO 0 cece ee ee nT re em nee ne ears Te em eR re ee ee 6 55 7 FECHMCALADDENOIX sissscascsssscascicsatessiesabetdiessietsinssemiinsdonteisai czars astataechetaastasaeeetaseaeeetaseeaecheaeeaeiaiadz 7 1 7a 21601 G1 6Cz l Beer emer tce te eRe Rete ene eR EEOC MOE OP ene a enn eee ee eee ee ne eee eae 72 TPM Ul ACO Space feels ate Ora cs secs ace aera bly a EE gtpn EE pea AEE A EN E EE ak 7 11 TS OE COC CS ia E E wobes 7 18 S MOUDE S NOON on A O A renee 8 1 8 1 TransForm A NOt DOOUUIIG aercirneniien a e a n 8 1 SPA E at E ERE E E AEE E AE A AE E E A E aN 8 2 S COPA a a E N N amu ssncmnauan 8 3 DMM OK E EE T E E A E E E E 9 1 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HJ vii 1 Introduction 1 Introduction This chapter explains the structure of the manual itself and the used typographic styles and symbols Safety in formation is provided concerning the operation of computer systems from Barco Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 HJ 1 1 1 Introduction 1 1 How this manual is organized This manual describes design and startup of TRANSForm A Workstation for Windows from Barco It is divided i
230. ower status 27 unlock handle bar 28 handle Figure 5 1 Power module on the rear of OmniBus A 12 The defective power module or the failing power net can be located by examining the individual LED s power status 25 on the back of the device see above If the LED of one power module is off or lightens red while the LED s of the other two power modules lightens green then the power module with the non green LED is either defective and must be re placed or the power net connected to it has failed Exchange of a redundant power module Take care NOT to remove a power module from the device unless you unplugged its power cord Never touch the contacts on the backside of a power module There is the danger of being harmed by residual voltage Furthermore the operation of the power module might be impacted by impurities Use gloves to remove the power module The cover of the power module is been used as heat sink for cooling usually the temperature is around 50 60 Celsius under full condition When exchanging a power module during operation of the OmniBus A12 the two other power modules have to be in operation e Locate the defective power module by examining the D s 25 on the individual power modules please see above e Unplug the power cord from the mains connection 24 of the concerned power module e Push the unlock handle bar 27 to the right unless the power module is released keep it at the right and remove t
231. peration 3 6 1 Appropriate cursor for video applications If displaying video it is important to work with an appropriate cursor TRANSFoRM A uses always a hardware cursor if not a colored pointer scheme is selected A hardware cursor has the advantage that it is permanently visible also on video whereas a software cursor is only sporadically visible on video windows When a colored pointer scheme is selected Windows automatically switches to a software cursor Therefore use the standard pointer scheme or if using another pointer scheme try out if it is correctly displayed over video Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H _______LLLLLL 3 63 4 Operating 4 Operating This chapter shows the capabilities that TRansForm A offers for displaying video and RGB signals Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 4 1 4 Operating 4 1 Input cards For showing information from external sources like video or RGB data on a Barco display wall a set of input cards is provided For integration of video the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO Caro the QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD the STREAMING VIDEO CARD and the Duar DVI INPUT CARD are available and RGB data can be shown with the Duar RGB INpuT Caro or the DuaL DVI INPUT CARD Multiple input cards can be inserted into an OmniBus or into the devices of a Processor configuration A software application video
232. r 640x350 70Hz Preset Mame nem preset Resolution 640 by 350 pixels Change Timing HPos 137 PLL Divider 800 4 Phase VPs e0 Source Advanced Set manually VCO Range Charge Pump Current J Delete Undo Cancel H Level SoG Level Figure 4 18 Preset Editor Enter a name for a new preset Click this button to enter the correct resolution if the resolution shown differs from the resolution of your screen mode The horizontal position of the monitor signal in relation to the window is adjusted The vertical position of the monitor signal in relation to the window is adjusted The value represents the actual number of pixels per line Adjustment of the phase Enables the automatic setting of the following parameters VCO Range Charge Pump Current Horizontal Vertical Sync Level Sync on Green Level Table 4 18 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL _ 4 40 4 Operating 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV input Analog RGB signals are digitized by the DuaL RGB Input Caro or the DuaL DVI Input CARD Analog YUV signals are digitized by the Duar DVI Input Carb The software video exe is pre configured for displaying most common VESA timings and HDTV timings Please refer to Table 7 14 and Table 7 15 for all pre configured timings presets For user specific timings the list of pre configured timings can be customized
233. r is switched off 5 buzzer reset button power module failed 6 red LED power module failed on One power module has failed or power connection to a module is interrupted off device is switched on power modules OK power output OK or device is off no power applies 7 front flap 8 lock of front flap Figure 3 13 Front view of the EXTENDER On the front of the Extenper behind the front flap 7 on the lowest position there is the On Off switch 3 On the top position is a buzzer reset button 5 to confirm the failure of a redundant power module Between these two buttons there are two LED s the green LED power on 4 to the left is indicating if power is on The red LED power module failed 6 to the right indicates that a redundant power module is not operable Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 t ________ 3 13 The back 10 22 23 24 25 26 3 Getting started 24 23 24 23 9 10 22 23 25 26 25 26 link interface card slots for Barco s expansion cards ventilation slots mains connection power switch of power modules green LED individual power module operating Figure 3 14 rear view of EXTENDER In total there are 14 card slots visible from the back with the most left position having a fixed assignment for the link interface card 9 Graphic cards OmniScalers and input cards 10 22 follow depending on the con figuration of TRANSFORM A On the left t
234. rchase price or cancellation of the contract redhibition All other claims in particular those relating to compensation for direct or indirect damage and also damage attributed to the operation of software as well as to other services provided by Barco being a component of the system or independent services will be deemed invalid provided the damage is not proven to be attributed to the absence of properties guaranteed in writing or due to the intent or gross negligence on the part of Barco If the purchaser or a third party carries out modifications or repairs on good delivered by Barco or if the goods are handled incorrectly in particular if the systems are commissioned or operated incorrectly or if after the transfer of risks the goods are subject to influences not agreed upon in the contract all guarantee claims of the purchaser will be rendered invalid Not included in the guarantee coverage are system failures which are attrib uted to programs or special electronic circuitry provided by the purchaser e g interfaces Normal wear as well as normal maintenance are not subject to the guarantee provided by Barco either The environmental conditions as well as the servicing and maintenance regulations specified in this manual must be complied with by the customer Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 2 H iii Revision sheet To e Barco Control Rooms GmbH An der Rossweid 5 D 76229 Karl
235. rds are inserted into TRANSForM A is as follows e inan OmniBus configuration the input cards are plugged into the PCI slots of the OmniBus devices please refer to section 3 2 15 OmniBus e Ina Processor configuration the input cards are inserted into the PCI slots following the OMNISCALERS If more than one input card is built in they are numbered in the sequence of the PCI slots please refer to sec tion 3 2 16 Extender Specifications For detailed technical specifications of the QUAD ANALOG VIDEO Caro please refer to section 7 1 Technical data Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 3 21 3 Getting started 3 2 8 Streaming Video Card The STREAMING VIDEO CARD provides the capability of displaying compressed encoded digital video streams The digital signal is decoded for further processing in TRANSFoRM A Up to four video streams can be processed simul taneously The STREAMING VIDEO CARD allows a redundant connection to the Ethernet The card exists in three differ ent versions STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 and STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K Standard The STREAMING VIDEO CARD supports the following stream types over Ethernet type supported stream types STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 MPEG 2 MPEG 4 MJPEG MxPEG 2D Wavelet and TRANSForRM SCN streams STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 2 MPEG 2 MPEG 4 and visiowave streams STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K JPEG2000 video streams
236. re OK 0003 RGB channel identification OK Backplane 1 slot 8 device 7 HDV 3388 FRG 3355 SN 9290022478 Channel 1 port 3 Open device frg7 OK Wait for stable signal OK Display rgb source at 0 0 OK Wait for test picture 45 OK Prepare calibration file OK Process test picture at 0 0 OK Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 0 8918 4 5424 0 8957 0 9763 0 9086 4 4717 End 1 0004 0 3867 1 0024 0 2515 0 9989 0 5703 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal9290022478 CAL Remove test picture OK Shutdown calibration program OK Done with calibration of 4 RGB channel s OK 4 of 4 channel s OK O of 4 channel s FAIL Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___1_____1_ 6 52 6 Advanced configuration 6 2 Advanced hardware configuration 6 2 1 Cascaded OmniScalers To increase the amount of video sources that can be displayed on a given number of projection modules and that can be displayed freely movable the cascaded OMNISCALER configuration can be used This means that the output of the OMNISCALERS Of one OMNIBUS is not connected to the projection modules but to the input connectors of an other set of OMNISCALERS in another OmniBus The data transmitted from the OmniScALers of the first OMNIBUS con tains already the video information of the respective input cards In the second OmniBus additional video data is added to the graphics data of the OM
237. rotocol PID Skip bytes at Start End Encoder Control Encoder Name IP Address Port IP Protocol Startstring A list of all video streams in alphabetic order Stream names have to start with a letter initial digits may not be used enter unicast if receiving a unicast stream enter broadcast if receiving a broadcast stream enter the multicast IP address if receiving a multicast stream Encoder port appendant to the IP address Selection of the used IP protocol firmware lt 2 0 of the STREAMING VIDEO CARD SVC 1 supports only upP auto Auto detection of the stream type elementary Elementary stream program Program stream transport Transport stream Should be entered for transport streams when the PAT program allocation tables or PMT program map tables are not sent 0 is a predefined value It causes an auto search for the video PID If no valid PID is found no video will be shown Encoder dependent value of the number of bytes that must be skipped at the beginning end of each packet please see table below This section contains data that is used if initial communication with the encoder is needed to prompt the encoder to send a stream Not applicable Make sure that this field remains empty IP address of the encoder Required to evaluate information of this section Port where the encoder listens to TCP start commands IP protocol that is used for encoder communication UDP or TCP is selectable
238. rticular if an external source is used for genlocking it must be connected to the external genlock in connector 17 on the back of the Processor If multiple TRANsForm A systems shall be locked to the same source the remote power on off out connector of the last OmniBus must be connected to the external genlock loop through in connector 15 on the back of the Processor of the next TRANSFORM A system An example of cabling for an external genlock source is given in the figure below external genlock A O a 2 E i H O aa g p Figure 3 38 cabling for remote power on off and external gunlock at OmniBus A18 devices Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 111 3 31 3 Getting started 3 2 15 OmniBus Connecting to the Processor The data connection between Processor and OmniBus is established with a link interface cable It connects the respective link interface card in the Processor 19 24 Figure 3 5 with the link interface card in the OmniBus A12 9 Figure 3 8 and in the OmniBus A18 6 Figure 3 11 respectively with a round cable please see the figure below wate nf ot me a Ti N aiid N l so E Figure 3 39 Link interface card with 68 pin mini D connector left and round cable right for connection of Processor and OMNIBUS The round cable between Processor and OmniBus
239. s Increase the selected value Decrease the selected value Set default value Increase the selected value Decrease the selected value Set default value Table 4 7 Short cuts for controlling the video or RGB window Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL _ 4 20 4 Operating 4 3 4 Displaying sources of Quad Analog Video Card With a right click on the window of a QUAD ANALOG ViDEO CaRo the control panel for this type of video can be opened ite Hue Format Overscan 16 9 Fullscreen Source Frame Rate Standard Noise Reduction Deinterlace File Options Format Manual r Overscan Fullscreen i Frame Rate 25 30 fps S P He Source F02 4 576 1 Composite r Figure 4 6 QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD dialog box Setting of contrast Setting of brightness Setting of saturation not applicable Source Switch to native aspect ratio of source Display Switch to native aspect ratio of projection module Manual Resize x and y independently The edges of video often show disturbances therefore an overscan of some can be de fined that will not be displayed Values between 0 and 10 are possible Default 3 Switch to 16 9 aspect ratio Not applicable if the Format Manual is selected Scale the video up to the whole display wall or in Channel Video mode to the projection cubes which currently displ
240. s For the explicit order of the graphic cards please refer to the section 3 2 15 OmniBus e Ina Processor configuration graphic cards are in most cases plugged in the Processor If multiple graphic cards are used the other graphic cards should be inserted in sequence to the primary graphic adapter into the PCI slots and are numbered consequently following their numbering Please refer also to section 3 2 16 Extender Each UGX GRraPHic CARD provides four ports for connecting projection cubes monitors or projectors The upper con nector contains port 0 and 1 the lower one contains port 2 and 3 Thus the sequence of the graphic channels is board 1 2 3 port 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Figure 3 23 As default the OverView projection cubes and graphic channels are assigned in columns from top to bottom start ing with the left column view from front of the screens Please refer to section 3 5 3 Configuring the display wall for further details Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 __ 3 18 3 Getting started 3 2 6 OmniScaler In addition to graphic cards also OMNISCALERS are a substantial part of TRANSForM A to connect to projection mod ules OMNISCALERS provide the ability to integrate video and RGB data into the graphical data from the graphic cards Therefore the out connector of the graphic card needs to be connected to the in connector o
241. s using the same video switcher e Board Configuration parameters of the STREAMING VIDEO CARDS Configuration can also be done with the software video exe please refer to sections 4 3 5 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card SVC 1 and SVC 2 and 4 3 6 Displaying sources of Streaming Video Card J2K Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLL 6 10 6 Advanced configuration e Grabber Assigning individual names to the video RGB channels of the input cards e DFRG One or multiple Grabbers get a name as video channel e Sourcelist for each analog video and RGB source a name and the type of the signal must be defined These sources are grouped in one or multiple sourcelists e Routes Here it is determined which Sourcelist shall be available for which video RGB channels e Cables This section describes the cabling of each analog video or RGB source through the video switcher to the ports of the input on the cards These sections are explained by means of an example It covers two display walls one wall is controlled by a TRANSFORM A consisting of a Processor with two OmniBus devices whereas the other TRANsForm A consists of a Processor with just one OmniBus Analog Video and RGB sources are provided from a video switcher Streaming video is provided by the video LAN over IP Processor 1 functions as server which means it controls the video switcher via serial conn
242. s are set to 0 Overlapping is only supported with the UGX Graphic Card The overlap settings can be used with projectors for front projection which support the overlapping feature edge blending It is used to have smooth transitions between the projections of multiple projectors An array of pixels at the border between two adjacent projectors is generated twice for each of the two projectors This enables to overlap the projection area To use overlapping the Overlap active checkbox must be enabled The number of double generated pixels be tween projectors located next to each other is determined with X and between projectors located on top of each other with Y The visible amount of pixels of the complete projection the desktop size is reduced accordingly Overlap can only be used with the orders columns or rows If custom has been selected before it is automati cally changed to columns lt n Overlap can only be switched if no instance of video exe is running Therefore close all video windows before activating overlap Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LLLLLLL 3 61 3 Getting started 3 5 4 Setting display properties Setting of desktop area and refresh frequency is available for graphic cards in analog mode only If you have not yet restarted your TRANSForm A since installing the display driver you have to restart it before setting the display properti
243. s only Name PanelResolutionOnly Typ DWORD Value O or 1 Default 0 Effective after rebooting Table 6 10 If value is set to 1 only the native resolution can be selected in the display properties dialog This is also the case if the OMNISCALER is Used together with the graphic card If value is 0 also lower resolution can be selected This option has no effect on the display properties of the UGX GRAPHIC CARD It always uses the value 1 irrespective of the selected value TransparentBlit This option has no effect on the display properties of TRANSFORM A WriteCombining With the WriteCombining entry in the registry write combining can be enabled on CPUs with Pentium Pro Pentium II Pentium Ill Pentium IV or Celeron processor Name WriteCombining Typ DWORD Value 0 orl Default 1 Effective after rebooting Table 6 11 Write combining enables the CPU to transfer images to the graphical boards faster but may cause rendering er rors under rare conditions Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _______1____1_ 6 7 6 Advanced configuration Coring With the Coring entry in the registry the threshold of Coring is defined Name Cor Typ DWORD Value 0 FF hex Default 0 Effective after setting display properties or after rebooting Table 6 12 With activated Coring all RGB values in the hardware color table up to the defined black value are cut off Setting Coring to
244. s you view and print Adobe Portable Document Format PDF files If Acrobat Reader is already installed the manual can be viewed just by a click on the link Else the Acrobat Reader must be installed first Its setup program can be found on the CD in section Product software gt 3rd party tools Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___ _ 1 8 2 Summary 2 Summary This chapter gives an overview about the features of TRANSFORM A Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 2 1 2 Summary 2 1 Properties TRANSFORM A was designed to control large modular OverView display walls Its multi screen capability allows you to control displays of up to 80 and more projection modules The display area is one logically connected display a large Windows 2000 or Windows XP desktop Digital imaging devices based on modern technologies such as DLP and Poly Silicon LCD with the highest display quality are controlled digitally Digital data transfer is immune to electromagnetic interference and therefore ensures the display wall picture to be displayed in absolutely dis tortion free image quality Analog monitors and projectors can also be controlled by TRANSsForm A using the op tional analog output Thus multi monitor operator stations can be ergonomically designed and easily imple mented DLP is a trademark of Texas Instrumen
245. se refer also to section 3 6 1 Appropriate cursor for video applications for further information on software and hardware cursor Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ________ 6 27 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 8 Adjustment of language settings under Windows XP With Windows XP the language for the user interfaces can be changed The following instruction guides through the procedure Installation of an additional language Insert the suitable CD MS Windows XP Professional Multilingual User Interface 4 CDs with the various lan guages into the CD ROM drive A dialog comes up which guides you through the installation Close all other applications select Accept the License Agreement and click Continue In the next dialog keep English selected and in addition select the intended language From the Default user settings list select also the intended language Windows XP Multilingual User Interface Pack Welcome to Windows XP Multilingual User Interface Pack Installation Before installing this package we recommend that you close all other applications Please read the following license agreement Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement To continue with Setup you must accept the agreement SUPPLEMENTAL END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR MICROSOFT SOFTWARE Supplemental EULA IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY The Microsoft operating system components accompanyi
246. secssccseesscsseessesscesecsscesscsccsecssceseesseeseeseenes 4 34 4 3 8 Displaying sources of Dual DVIMM DUT Card essin nne a RE EE 4 35 4 3 9 Displaying sources of Dual RGB Input Card oo eee ccccsecssceseesscescesscescesscscesecsscesecsscesecsecseeeseenes 4 38 4 3 10 Configuration of analog RGB and YUV INPULL ccc ceceeeeesseseeeceeeesecsecseeeeeseesssseeseeseeeeenes 4 41 5 MaIMUC MAN CG erssrssssiissssisiesnisiiiri iii r e E EE E EAA REEERE EER 5 1 SB AEXGMANGS Of COMSUIIADICS merr NSN AN 5 2 5 1 1 Replacing the filter pad Of PrOCESSOM 0 ec ccccsccssesscsscesscsscesecssceseesscescesscsscesecssccsecsecsecsscscesseseessens 5 2 5 1 2 Replacing the filter pad of OMNIBUS A12 and EXteENdel oo eee ccsceseessesseesscsseesscsscesecseeesseseens 5 2 5 1 3 Replacing a power module Of OMNIBUS A12 uo eee ccccscesscesceecsscesecsceseesscesceseesecescesecssceseetseeaeens 5 3 By 2 Cleaning serae sea tcnsetael ates co lavoe Ses tans esate tasted dee caliente eeu E taal sneaiia AE E ties 5 4 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Hv 6 Advanced COMM QUIT O rcrsecc cnc code cack cassundcvcds coc aedacshusssacehavohavabanetsassacobenahasanaestsansacehanshanauuestesaesevaratens 6 1 6 1 Advanced software COMM GUIAUI OM ss si0 lt 55cs A sulencascbivaudadatenendstiddadesetonvaactidoxdadotwiadlcaeAictenvogslelseteacdadousnadsatidare 6 2 pa Oat W610 eV Aa oa 280 i a ce eee cr ree er na Cc cP Pe E OR eT 6 2
247. size and video shown uncropped Show control panel Show scaler settings dialog box Select video channel composite Select video channel S video Select RGB channel RGB analog Select video channel component Select RGB channel RGB digital Auto detection of screen mode for channels 3 and 4 only Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____ _________ 4 19 4 Operating All other video input cards All input cards Enable RGB channel Auto detection of screen mode Enable video channel Disable video RGB channel For video sources and sources of DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Contrast setting with direction keys Brightness setting with direction keys Color saturation setting with direction keys For QUAD ANALOG ViDEO CARD and S Video sources of DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Hue only for NTSC sources setting with direction keys For RGB sources of DUAL RGB INPUT CARD and DUAL DVI INPUT CARD Shift r Shift g Shift b For sources of DUAL RGB INPUT CARD Red setting with direction keys Green setting with direction keys Blue setting with direction keys Brightness setting with direction keys For sources of DUAL DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD All input cards lt up gt lt down gt lt center gt Video dialog box lt up gt Drag up lt down gt Drag down lt center gt Right click Frame rate reduction setting with direction key
248. sruhe Phone 49 721 6201 0 Fax 49 721 6201 298 E mail docu de bcd barco com Web www barcocontrolrooms com From Date Please correct the following points in this documentation DOC 3266 2 page wrong correct Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 Contents POU 0 a peer ne Reet reser re ge ase ry er a ean ae E ee ee ere ee Tee ee 1 1 1 1 How this manualis organized 1 52285 saceccesstesewseesetaataneateesevsaaetainnlendees allel nae ees ede es 1 2 Ms De SUV Sel SY INI Shs aes E Sate aaah te Cadet tk a Matera ha cate tach ok aD ae heat EA E ates oe 1 3 eS A 61 0 a rer ee ona eT nn aC Eo a Te RET SR eT te ne PREG AO er te ene re eRe ee 1 4 SRA ESS 11a 1s cet ea mee i ce Oe eee eer ae 1 4 EARE CUON eaa asi gic ht etna tahete sak ache chet cle name T E E 1 4 Too MUP AGING A OVI O So anan acetate cos cttretn tetas ia betel deel OE T 1 6 Eo AMO deere OR RT RS Te ee 1 6 Be SOV ICI atone ast ou 2 5 ca tha ssa cesar toeto a E aad Banueuescatctielats 1 7 gS sec ERIN meee ee memento nae eer eee eR Se tie en TCL ee ene 1 7 SFR O DACs asssncssasosecsacasacazes AN E 1 7 UA ON TiN IVa esenea ing cotesnanea ta wecaacn tetecua eae EE 1 8 2 SUMMA ececatacesecetaceseontaveneceaanaceseseuscocsaesecsvaneeeuseaaaaeosaavasessaanacassaeaacasssesneasasesesavavasecessrasecuussasaseseueonsesets 2 1 2 EP Me haaa act cotes stcee std ne totes catac sete atca sent A E E wa kecenececeatneess 2 2 BG UTI
249. ssion Manager SubSystems With Windows SharedSection the amount of memory used for desktop heap can be adjusted Name Windows Typ REG EXPAND SZ Value i Sine kecsect mono 6114 777 ee Default S002 E Effective after rebooting Table 6 15 TRANSFORM A systems are delivered with this value increased to 6144 to support larger numbers of windows Windows XP standard value is 3072 The complete expression of Windows looks like this or similar SSystemRoot s system32 csrss exe ObjectDirectory Windows SharedSection 1024 6144 512 Windows On SubSystemType Windows ServerDll basesrv 1 ServerDll winsrv UserServerDllIinitialization 3 ServerDll winsrv ConServerDllinitialization 2 ProfileControl 0ff MaxRequestThreads 16 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___LLL _ 6 9 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 3 Configuring video With the switcher definition file user defined names can be assigned to the input a video switcher can be inte grated into the system and be controlled distributed video can be configured and a video switcher can be used by multiple computers simultaneously Therefore information about the video hardware configuration i e input cards cabling switchers computers etc needs to be specified in the switcher definition file and compiled into the registry with the switcher lan guage compiler If the switcher language compiler is already installed t
250. ssional Service Pack 4 recommended Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 recommended Table 3 6 system requirements The service packs and additionally the Microsoft recommended hot fixes are already installed with every deliv ered TRANSFORM A system 3 4 2 Obsolete operating systems The operating system Windows NT is no longer supported The display driver 3 5 and newer will no longer be able to run under Windows NT If you have a TransForm A system with Windows NT and you want to upgrade the display driver please contact the Barco support see section 8 3 Contact Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 3 43 3 Getting started 3 5 Configuring 3 5 1 Installing the display driver and switcher language compiler Initial steps for the installation Please note If using for the installation a USB mouse connected to a USB connector no usage of the PS 2 adapter the mouse must be operable before logging in to the system Therefore check whether the mouse pointer can be moved on the login screen If it cannot be moved wait for about 30 seconds and try again If you log in before the mouse is operable the mouse support will be temporarily disabled during the installation of the display drivers After switching on TRANSForm A log in as administrator The operating system detects new graphic cards OMNISCALERS and OmniBus devices Therefore the Found New Hardware Wizard
251. station for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Ol 6 Advanced configuration Process test picture at 0 0 OK Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 0 8974 5 3479 0 8979 0 1979 0 9184 1 5165 End 0 9989 0 3515 0 9979 0 3915 1 0026 0 4484 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal00000017 CAL Remove test picture OK 0001 RGB channel identification OK Backplane 1 slot 6 device 5 RGB 3010 FRG 3008 SN 00000017 Channel 1 port 1 Open device frg5 OK Wait for stable signal OK Display rgb source at 0 0 OK Wait for test picture 45 OK Prepare calibration file OK Process test picture at 0 0 OK Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 0 8903 1 6824 0 8904 2 1235 0 9054 0 1912 End 0 9993 0 5177 1 0007 0 2846 1 0015 0 4308 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal00000017 CAL Remove test picture OK 0002 RGB channel identification OK Backplane 1 slot 8 device 6 HDV 3388 FRG 3355 SN 9290022478 Channel 0 port 3 Open device frg6 OK Wait for stable signal OK Display rgb source at 0 0 OK Wait for test picture 45 OK Prepare calibration file OK Process test picture at 1 0 OK Slope Shift Red Green Blue Start 0 8820 4 6754 0 8767 4 2878 0 9056 4 1921 End 1 0019 of 0 5022 0 9985 0 0498 0 9996 0 8051 Table stored in C WINDOWS system32 drivers RgbCal9290022478 CAL Remove test pictu
252. strictive towards bandwidth consumption Therefore you should first check the feasibility of a configuration Please check section 4 1 8 Amount of video and RGB windows for the principal understanding of the calculation of bandwidth consumption The column bandwidth per window MBps of the Table 4 3 provides band widths of the most common content types the proximate formula helps to check the feasibility of a configura tion The overall available bandwidth when using plain video mode can be assumed as given in the table below Device Available bandwidth OmniBus A12 120 MBps per OmniBus device Processor AGS 3390 1 2 120 MBps Processor AGS 3389 AGS 3328 60 MBps Table 6 35 Available average bandwidth with plain video Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______ __ 6 55 6 Advanced configuration Hardware configuration For best performance the plugging order of expansion cards in the OmniBus A12 should be considered Cabling is explained in the service manual anyhow for plain video mode the following exceptions should be made Having an OmniBus A12 with six or less expansion cards e Only the PCI slots with odd numbers are used e First the graphic cards are inserted in ascending order in each second PCI slot beginning with the PCI slots with the lowest numbers at the very left slot 1 3 5 e The input cards are inserted consecutively in the following slots with odd
253. t System and click the Driver Signing button On the Driver Signing Options dialog select the option Ignore Install all files regardless of file signature Ignore Install the software anyway and don t ask me for approval System Properties 2 x General Network Identification Hardware User Profiles Advanced System Properties System Restore Automatic Updates Remote General Computer Name Hardware Advanced Add Hardware Wizard Z The Add Hardware Wizard helps you install hardware m Hardware Wizard The Hardware wizard helps you install uninstall repair unplug eject and configure your hardware Hardware Wizard Add Hardware Wizard gt Device Manager Device Manager gal ss The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device i Device Manager Hardware Profiles a Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store different hardware configurations Hardware Profiles Hardware Profiles Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store a different hardware configurations Hardware Profiles OK Cancel Apply axi Diss Sionine Potions To ensure their integrity all files on the
254. t 9O control f video in Figure 4 1 distributed video full screen video on two display areas The example above shows a simplified OmniBus configuration in order to demonstrate the principles of distrib uted video Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____LL 4 8 4 Operating 4 3 Displaying video and RGB signals 4 3 1 Display in a window On the Processor click the Start button on the taskbar and choose Run to display the Run dialog box Enter video as the program to be opened and if necessary the options described in the table below In stead of the system default names as well the names defined in the switcher definition file can be inserted see section 4 3 2 Naming of video channels and video sources Type the name of a program Folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Open video fd frg wt Figure 4 2 Starting the video software The software video opens the video window With a right click on the video window a dialog box for con trolling the video display can be opened The appearance and functionality of this dialog box depends on the input card that provides the data source of the video that was started please refer to the following sections below for a detailed description of t
255. t automatic detection remains active unless a screen mode is selected by hand lt screen modes gt One dedicated screen mode can be selected from the list containing the screen modes stored in the active preset file The screen mode will remain unchanged even if there is applied a signal with a different tim ing The names of the presets in the default preset file rgb3010 prs are combinations of resolution and refresh rate Frame Rate Setting of the reduction factor of the frame rate Reduction slider bar Range from 0 127 determines the dynamic reduction factor f x 128 x 128 f 0 1 i e no further reduction f 127 1 128 i e maximal reduction The value x is shown when clicking on the slider the resulting frame rate is displayed next to the Variable radio button Variable Slider bar is enabled Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ______L__L_ 4 38 4 Operating Normal Default None Input frame rate is used if possible Detect Position Detects automatically the visible portion of the signal and positions it in the video window If selected this applies each time the signal changes or gets reconnected Only applicable with DUAL RGB INPuT CARD with controlware CTW 3010 02 or later Edit Preset Edit the preset New Preset Create new preset Table 4 17 Video dialog box DUAL RGB INPUT CARD When starting to display an analog RGB source or an analog YUV source the settings
256. t cannot be restored Never change the sequential order of the hard disks Otherwise the complete data on the drives will get corrupt and it cannot be restored Figure 3 3 SATA RAID 5 hard disk drives Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________1_1__1 3 3 3 Getting started The SATA RAID 1 hard disk drive system looks similar but has instead of the hard disk in the middle position a row of eight indicators which display the different operating modes of the system The extensive documentation of the LED codes can be found on the documentation CD of the RAID system Please note for the SATA RAID 1 systems A hard disk is already switched off by turning the frame lock key A hard disk should not be replaced when the system is turned off Doing so may lead to loss of data Figure 3 4 SATA RAID 1 hard disk drives Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 4 The back 3 Getting started Processor with standard power supply left and detail of a Processor with redundant power supply right 15 16 17 14 18 19 20 21 24 yet cra luisls T cistedisis cisinscin ed macnere l E n a a a a A a a RRRR RRR eee qeeoononeeunveaedeoeeede Seseseseseseseses
257. t it does apply to all users of this computer te own formats Select a language to match the language version of the non Unicode German Germany _ enn v programs you want to use Samples German Germany E E E o o S Number 123 456 789 00 OE E a aH Currency 123 456 789 00 Time 16 57 12 Code page conversion tables C 10001 MAC Japanese Short date 30 01 2006 C 10002 MAC Traditional Chinese Big5 Long date Montag 30 Januar 2006 C 10003 MAC Korean C 10004 MAC Arabic C 10005 MAC Hebrew Location To help services provide you with local information such as news and Default user account settings weather select your present location Apply all settings to the current user account and to the default user profile Germany v Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____LLLLLL 6 29 6 Advanced configuration Confirm the following two messages with OK and Yes Change Regional Options 1 Changes to the UI Language will not take effect until you logoff and logon again Advanced The required files are already installed on your hard disk Setup can use these existing Files or Setup can recopy them from your original Windows CD ROM or From a network share Would you like to skip File copying and use the existing Files IF you click No you will b
258. table package x86 by a double click on vcredist_x86 exe It installs runtime components of Visual C libraries required to run applications developed with Visual C on a computer that does not have Visual C 2008 installed Then browse to the subdirectory i386 and copy the files DEX exe MonLib d1ll and FSCBMCAPI d11 to the hard disk of that computer Make sure that they are located in the same directory Then DEX can also be started by a double click on that local copy Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1111 6 45 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 14 Health monitoring For efficient health monitoring the display driver suite provides a monitoring agent MonAgent This is an SNMP agent that offers access to most properties that are listed via the DEX In particular it provides three traps to no tify from a failure of a redundant power supply of a fan or of a RAID hard disk As a standard SNMP Agent MondAgent allows to integrate TRANSForM A systems with standard SNMP management systems For sites where no SNMP monitoring is foreseen especially the usage of traps of MonAgent provides efficient monitoring Installation During the installation of the display driver the files required for the MonAgent are already copied to the hard disk of TRANSForM A They can be found under the following two paths C Windows monagent ini C windows System32 monagent exe monagent mib To install th
259. tation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 39 System with partial usage of OmniScalers 3 Getting started Below is an example of a system with 36 channels Only a limited number of projection modules need to display video dispaly area OMNIBUS 2 dispaly area OMNIBUS 1 frgO 19 0 frg1 19 1 frg2 19 2 frg3 1 9 3 frg4 1 10 0 frg5 110 1 frg6 1 10 2 frg7 1 10 3 frg8 1 11 0 frg9 111 1 frg10 111 2 frg11 1 11 3 frg12 1 12 0 frg13 112 1 frg14 12 2 frg15 1 12 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 h e YS Ww OMNIBUS 2 ws we amp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GGGGGaGG isGiGa NN A Y VY Y VY Y Y Y F F V OMNIBUS 1 PCI PROCESSOR Figure 3 49 system configuration with digital output and partial OMNISCALER usage Therefore two OmniBus devices are used OMNIBUS 1 is used for graphic cards The output of the graphic cards 4 8 is directly displayed on the projection modules on the right side of the display wall display area OmniBus 1 The output of the graphic cards 0 3 is provided to the OmniScaLers in the OmniBus 2 for video integration The output of the OMNISCALERS is displayed on the left part of the display wall display area Om
260. tcher device For the input cards each channel available on the card is numbered this means for each DUAL DVI INPUT CARD or DUAL RGB INPUT CARD two channels are considered and four channels for each QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD and STREAMING VIDEO CARD irrespective if there are signals connected to the channels or not When referring to the card itself one number per card is used this is only applicable for the different types of STREAMING VIDEO Caros e g mpg3012 0 for the first STREAMING VIDEO CARD The cards input channels are numbered subsequently corresponding to their order in the PCI slots see section 3 2 15 OmniBus and section 3 2 16 Extender respectively vsw2974 x Video Switcher Valid for models AutoPatch 1YDM AutoPatch 1Y 16 AutoPatch 4YDM frg3008 x input channels of QUAD ANALOG VIDEO CARD STREAMING VIDEO CARD QUAD SDI VIDEO CARD DUAL DVI INPUT CARD and DUAL RGB INPUT CARD input channels of these card types are commonly considered mpg3012 x STREAMING VIDEO CARD for configuration of the board settings see Board section Table 6 16 indication of input cards The switcher definition file contains multiple sections with the configuration information e Switcher Definition of the video switcher hardware connection settings number of input and output channels of the switcher and data format e Computer Definition of the computer by IP address or name This is required in case of multiple TRANSForm A system
261. the genlock utility this should be called to properly exit the genlock tool Table 6 26 Options of genlock The actual state of the genlock utility is stored in the registry Therefore after a reboot automatically the same genlock settings as before are applied When using genlock make sure that the cabling for genlock has been established as explained in section 3 2 14 CPU board If an external signal is connected only external may be selected If selecting internal or a video signal it will be disturbed by the external signal Therefore the external signal should be unplugged before switching to an other type of genlock Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _ _____ 6 38 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 13 Device Explorer The DEvice EXplorer DEX is an application that provides access to current system variables and configuration information of your TRANSFORM A system The status of critical system resources of Processor and OmniBus devices can be monitored and the configuration of the system can be read out DEX can be started either by entering dex to the command line e g Co dex or by using the Run command Start gt Run then entering dex into the Open line and clicking OK When DEX starts it shows by default the component view as shown in the figure below DEX DEvice EXplorer i DEX DEvice EXplorer File Edit View Help File Edit View Help w
262. the service and then open a command prompt and call monagent exe with the option remove C Documents and Settings lt user gt gt monagent exe remove Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___ 6 46 6 Advanced configuration MIB and traps The MIB is stored in the file monagent mib It lists the parameters that can be requested by the SNMP man ager These parameters serve to request information about the hard and software of the TRANSForm A system In the MIB also three traps are defined to monitor the following components trap meaning monAgentTrapPower one redundant power supply failed is no longer in state OK monAgentTrapFan a fan of the backplane failed monAgentTrapRaid a hard disk of the RAID has failed is no longer in state OK Table 6 32 traps of MonAgent Upgrade When upgrading the display driver make sure to first stop the MonAgent service in the services dialog otherwise the MonAgent will not be updated Even installations where no SNMP Management system is used the health monitoring functional ity of TransForm A can be used For that purpose a sample configuration for the easy to set up management tool HypericHQ can be made available on request Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____1___1__ 6 47 6 Advanced configuration 6 1 15 RGB calibration tool Analog RGB sources
263. to see if one is available Do you want to continue the installation j No More Info 3 Getting started After selecting the appropriate folder click Next gt It takes some seconds during which the wizard searches for the components Found New Hardware Wizard Please wait while the wizard searches BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3281 Windows XP will inform you that the software has not passed the Windows Logo testing Ignore this message and click Continue Anyway Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 4GX 3281 has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows xP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _____1__1____ 3 47 3 Getting started As this question will be asked again for each graphic channel it might be more comfortable to disable this mes sage in beforehand If you want to do so go to the Hardware tab of the System Properties dialog Start gt Settings gt Control Panel g
264. ts Incorporated The hardware and software of TRANsForm A is based on world wide accepted standards TRANSForm A offers the following exceptional capabilities e High performance graphics output using the most modern processor and chip technologies e TRANSFORM A OmniBus devices with dedicated Switch Fabric and intelligent high bandwidth backplane pro vides the optimized resources needed for graphic and video data integration e Supports current LAN and WAN interfaces e Graphic and video outputs in high color quality e Video in a window up and down scaleable up to full screen e Unlimited overlapping and freely moveable video and graphics windows e Up to 68 videos per display channel e Virtually unlimited number of projection modules in one wall e Virtually unlimited number of video sources per system e High reliability redundancy on system level and for critical components e Dual processor as an option The TRANSForm A system provides a flexible and scalable architecture which is suitable to support all sizes of display walls as well as requirements in RGB and video displaying capabilities There are two principal ways to setup a system For large display walls or high amounts of inserted sources one TRANSFORM A PROCESSOR is used that connects to up to five TRANSFoRM A OmniBus devices this is called OmniBus configuration Smaller systems with up to 24 projection cubes can be set up with a TRANSFoRMA Processor that might use an additional
265. turbances therefore an overscan of some can be defined that will not be displayed Values between 0 and 10 are possible default is 3 Switch to 16 9 aspect ratio Not applicable if the Format Manual is selected Scale the video up to the whole display wall or in Channel Video mode to the projection cubes which currently display a part of it Freeze return to play if the source is frozen none of the displaying settings can be changed and the Scaler settings dialog cannot be opened Selection of the video ports Shows also the resolution of the incoming signal 0 Disabled Video channel disabled 1 J2K Auto selected Setting of the used frame rate default is 25 30 fps depending on the video standard in addi tion 50 60 fps are selectable Displays the last frame in case of signal loss Otherwise a blue window is displayed instead Displays the detected encoding algorithm J2k Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 4 31 4 Operating Deinterlace not applicable Noise Reduction 0 applicable Edit Opens the Stream Parameter Editor to configure STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K please see below Table 4 13 Video dialog box STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K Configuring Streaming Video Card J2K For each STREAMING VIDEO CARD J2K once the configuration parameters must be entered into the Board Settings dialog therefore select Board Settings from the Options menu JPG 3398 Board Settin
266. ture Calibration file Error processing test picture Source change Error processing test picture Test picture Error reading serial number Invalid command line parameter lt parameter gt TFA Driver Version lt version gt or higher needed meaning Fatal system error Try again after reboot Fatal system error Try again after reboot Device already in use Close all other video client applications Corrupted installation of the display driver suite Reinstall it check status code for a solution Fatal system error Try again after reboot One of the wait states aborted by the operator Calibration file could not be written Check disk space log on as administrator During the calibration the source signal got lost Check the physical connection notebook input card cables and adapters Test picture not found Check its presence check preset settings increase color error value Board damaged or without valid IDPROM Ask qualified personnel to repair or replace the board Invalid command line parameter Correct the parameter Older version of display driver suite installed Reinstall the indi cated version or higher Table 6 33 Error messages of RgbCal exe Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ___LL____ 6 50 Sample output window z rgbcal exe Barco RGB Calibration Tool lt C gt 2668 Version Prepare Check Start 6666 4 4 0 163 Ja
267. ugh the backplane of the OmniBus A12 is based on standard 64bit 66MHz PCI bus it is highly recommended to not insert other cards than those mentioned above Other cards will not work due to the missing driver support and there is also a risk to damage the OmniBus A12 or the inserted cards The front ventilation flap with air supply lock of ventilation flap On Off switch green LED power on on power is switched on mh WN off power is switched off 5 buzzer reset button power module failed 6 red LED standby component failed on standby mode Power applies at the device but it is not switched on off device is switched on no component failed or device is off no power applies blinking Component failure detected e g one power module failed fan failed over temperature in the device detected the LED stops blinking when the compo nent fail disappears 7 front flap 8 lock of front flap Figure 3 7 Front view of OMNIBUS A12 Behind the front flap of the OmniBus A12 on the lowest position there is the On Off switch 3 On the top posi tion is a buzzer reset button 5 to confirm the failure of a redundant power module Between these two but tons there are two LED s the green LED power on 4 to the left is indicating if power is on The red LED standby component failed 6 to the right indicates that a redundant power module is not operable Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revis
268. ure 3 32 Multiport 1 0 Card Order The Multiport 1 0 Card must be inserted into one of the PCI slots of the Processor Up to three Multiport 1 0 Cards can be used in a PROCESSOR Q Inserting a Multiport 1 0 Card in an OmniBus or Extender is not supported Multiport I O Card i I PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 PCI4 Figure 3 33 Position of Multiport 1 0 Card in an Processor AGS 3389 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 ____ 3 28 3 Getting started 3 2 13 Network LAN For connecting the Processor to the LAN local area network there are different network cards and an onboard LAN adapter available e Onboard LAN Adapter e Ethernet Card 100 Mbps PCI e Ethernet Card 1000 Mbps PCI e Ethernet Card 1000 Mbps PCle The onboard LAN adapter and the Ethernet Cards 1000 Mbps have the ability to establish a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps connection The Ethernet Card 100 Mbps has the ability to establish a 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps connec tion For a redundant connection to the LAN also server adapters are available allowing configuring them in teaming mode sharing one single IP address You can see whether a network card is of server or desktop type on the label on the card With a PROCESSOR AGS 3390 1 2 also the two onboard LAN adapters 32a and 32b can be used to establish a redundant network connection Please refer also to section 6 1 11 Redundant network adapter for more
269. us A12 and Extender The filter pads of OmniBus A12 and ExteNDeR devices have to be changed in intervals depending on the grade of pollution of the air The air filter is located behind the ventilation slits 1 on the front of the device please refer to Figure 3 7 Front view of OmniBus A12 and Figure 3 13 Front view of the Extender respectively e Unlock the ventilation flap by turning its ock 2 with the key and open it e Remove the old filter pad e Insert a new filter pad e Turn the ventilation flap upwardly and close it by turning the ock 2 As long as the filter pad is not irreversibly blocked cleaning it with a vacuum cleaner is also an acceptable method to maintain good air ventilation within the system Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11 5 2 5 Maintenance 5 1 3 Replacing a power module of OmniBus A12 The OmniBus A12 with redundant hot plug power modules can be connected to three independent power nets If one of the three power modules or a power net is failing you can hear a buzzer alarm that can be reset by push ing the red buzzer reset button 5 at the front of the OmniBus A12 please refer to Figure 3 7 Front view of OmniBus A12 Also the LED standby component failed 6 at the front starts blinking This LED remains blinking as long as the failure persists even if the buzzer reset button has been pressed 23 air supply 24 mains connection 25 LED p
270. ver Suite OVS 2686 Windows Driver Suite X X INF agx3000 inf Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 3 46 After selecting the appropriate folder click OK The Driver Files Search Results dialog shows the path of the specified driver Check if the path you entered one step before is indicated and continue with Next gt Found New Hardware Wizard Driver Files Search Results ae The wizard has finished searching for driver files for your hardware device SY The wizard found a driver for the following device oy Video Controller MGA Compatible Windows found a driver for this device To install the driver Windows found click Next C BARCO Windows Drivers OVS 2686 Windows Drivers 3 50 4GX3281 agx3281 f Cancel Windows 2000 will inform you that there is no digital signature for this software Ignore this message and click Yes Digital Signature Not Found x The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has been tested with Windows and that the software has not been altered since it was tested The software you are about to install does not contain a Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works correctly with Windows BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 AGX 3281 If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed software visit the Windows Update Web site at http windowsupdate microsoft com
271. version General information Supported system platforms lt Back Cancel Figure 3 52 readme Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 H ______Y____L 3 50 3 Getting started Depending on your demands you can select the features that shall be installed either the display driver or the switcher language compiler or both Selecting Display driver installs the drivers for Barco s graphic cards and input cards Selecting Switcher language compiler installs the switcher language compiler which allows to flexibly define system configurations with external matrix switchers and input cards in complex and simple appli cations please refer to section 4 3 2 Naming of video channels and video sources Custom Installation Options Please select the components desired V Display driver iW Switcher language compiler j Cancel Figure 3 53 custom installation options If you have selected the switcher language compiler the location for the switcher language compiler has to be confirmed Where to install Please select the destination folder for the switcher compiler Browse Create path Do you wish to create the Folder C Program Files Barco SlC Figure 3 54 destination of switcher language compiler Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11111 3 51 3 Getting started Next short information about t
272. vice Sy Also the folder Windows Drivers agx3000 inf These files may NOT be selected ww Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Models BARCO AGX 3281 BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 lt Back Next gt Cancel X X INF contains a file agx3281 inf and Hardware Update Wizard Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk Show compatible hardware Model BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 A This driver is not digitally signed Tell me why driver signing is important j Cancel Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 1 6 21 6 Advanced configuration Now all information for the driver installation is se lected Click again Next gt Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Start Device Driver Installation at The device driver will be installed with the default settings cy The wizard is ready to install the driver for the following hardware device m BARCO PCX 3003 3322 AGX 3281 Windows will use default settings to install the software for this hardware device To install the software for your new hardware click Next Windows 2000 might inform you t
273. ware information Under Hardware Information some information about the hardware configuration is displayed Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 11111 3 57 3 Getting started 3 5 3 Configuring the display wall For configuring the display wall open the dialog box for the Barco graphic cards properties as described in section 3 5 2 Configuring the display driver Click the Wall Configuration tab Default Monitor and BARCO PCX 3003 3322 3360 X General Adapter Monitor Troubleshoot EJ Driver Options E wall Configuration Display modules arrangement Cols ja S Rows 3 Order Columns Reorder Overlap settings 1x2 settings x fier ue a Overlap active 12 projectors J OSB by 2304 piee Jh caes J amw _ Figure 3 62 Display Properties Wall Configuration Display modules arrangement In the Display modules arrangement section configure your display wall by entering the number of columns into the Columns box and the number of rows into the Rows box The configuration is interactively displayed below Either indicate the Cols and Rows number by clicking the arrows beneath the number or if S entering the values with the keyboard press the Enter key to submit the values Press Apply when you have entered the rows and columns The system prompts you again to reboot Confirm the dialog with Yes System Sett
274. which display currently a part of it Dragging a border of the window inwards cuts the window The video RGB image is cropped accordingly Dragging then the lower left corner outwards enlarges the cropped portion of the video Cropping is a prerequisite for usage of the zoom func tion of the mouse please see below Frequently used commands can be entered with the keyboard as well as with the mouse please see below Left click in the video window results in freeze return to play In the input list the source names are listed Video is resized while the video window is resized The device name is displayed in the video window title The source name is displayed in the video window title The window size is displayed in the video window title The window position is displayed in the video window title The scaling factor is displayed in the video window title Display a digital clock positioned on the video Only enabled after starting video with the option b Only applicable for Streaming Video Cards Open the dialog to edit the board settings Open the dialog to edit output settings of the OMNISCALER Scaler settings dialog box Table 4 6 Menus in the control panel In the Scaler Settings dialog box the settings for video processing in the OMNISCALER can be set Scaler Settings Transparency Sharpness Fisel Format RGB ERS OO Pre Scaling sets the pre scale factor video data is in the input card downsca
275. x 8Mbps per stream MPEG 4 part 2 MPEG 4 h263 up to 4 CIF streams or 4 2CIF streams or 4 4CIF streams MJPEG up to 4 CIF streams or 2 4 ACIF streams MxPEG up to 4 CIF streams or 2 1280x576 streams Visiowave 1 3 D1 streams or up to 4 CIF streams depends on resolution TRANSFORM SCN 1 stream MPEG 2 Bosch Coretec Cornet Exterity Fast Video Security HaiVision iMPath Lanaccess Mavix NKF NiceVision Optelecom Opti base Path1 PelcoNET Siemens OTN Tandberg Teleste Telin dus VBrick VideoLAN Vorx Cieffe Cornet DVTeL Hi Tron IndigoVision Lanaccess Mavix NiceVision Siemens OTN Teleste VBrick Verint VideoLAN Vorx MPEG 4 part 2 MPEG 4 h263 Bosch PelcoNET MJPEG AXIS JVC Lenel VideoLAN MXPEG Mobotix 2D Wavelet GE Security Visiowave TRANSFORM SCN Barco UDP RTP variable header length lost packet detection non video packet detection IGMP v2 and v3 multicast subscription internal data path YUV 4 2 2 16 bit wide PCI bus 32bit 33 MHz 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 42 3 3 V 0 3 V 5V 22A 3 3V 3 4A 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm 480 g 1 x 64 bit 3 3 V 5 V PCI edge connector 2 x RJ45 connector 8 pin for redundant connection Table 7 7 7 4 Streaming Video Card SVC 2 scaler digital network carrier compression algorithm video formats bitrate supported encoders network transmission protocol connection protoc
276. x1 00010203 00010203 2x2 00010203 00020103 3x2 000102030405 000301040205 2x3 000102030405 000204010305 4x2 0001020304050607 0004010502060307 Table 6 4 Please refer to section 3 5 3 Configuring the display wall for more details MappingCache The amount of memory available for PCI mapping cache is stored in the MappingCache in the registry Name MappingCache Typ DWORD Values 4 64 Default 64 Effective after rebooting Table 6 5 The value is specified in Megabytes Each UGX or AGX GRAPHIC CARD requires 16 KB non shared system space and 16 MB shareable system space The shareable 16 MB are made visible to the CPU through the mapping windows reserved as specified by the MappingCache registry setting If other drivers need a lot of system pages or if they are forced to do so by applications there are two possibili ties to make the necessary space available On the one hand you can change the set value for the system pages to a sufficient large value The system pages entry can be found in the registry under the following path HKEY LOCAL MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Control Session Manager Memory Management SystemPages The table below list depending on the operation system the amount of a sufficiently large value for the system pages Operating System System Pages Size in MB Windows 2000 50000 195 Windows XP 110000 429 Table 6 6 On the other hand you can decrease the value for the MappingCache This can lead to a small
277. z 64bit 66 MHz 5 V 5 3 3 V 5 5V 3 0A 3 3V 1 4A 0 50 C at 8 80 humidity non condensing PCI long card 312 00 mm x 121 92 mm with ISA retainer and front plate 352 18 mm x121 92 mm 250g 1 64 32bit Dual Voltage Signaling PCI edge connector 1 Dual DVI connector in 1 Dual DVI connector out Table 7 6 Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 _________ 7 3 Streaming Video Card SVC 1 scaler CPU Frame Memory digital network carrier compression algorithm video formats bitrate supported encoders network transmission protocol connection protocols colors bus power supply power consumption operating conditions dimensions Weight connectors Barco TransForm A Workstation for Windows DOC 3266 2 Revision 17 April 2008 7 Technical appendix via scaler algorithm in FPGA for 1 1 or downscaling 64MB SDRAM Base T Ethernet 10 100Mbps MPEG 1 ISO 11172 MPEG 2 ISO 13818 MP ML 4 2 0 DVB ETR 154 SPTS MPTS the DVB format is MPEG 2 based MPEG 4 part 2 ISO 14496 2 SP L3 ASP L5 Bosch MPEG 4 h263 MJPEG ISO 10918 MXPEG 2D Wavelet PAL NTSC 1 4 streams and max 44Mbps per board MPEG 1 up to 4 streams all resolutions MPEG 2 up to 4 D1 streams or 4 CIF streams 44Mbps per board max 15Mbps per stream up to 4 CIF streams or 3 2CIF streams or 1 2 4CIF streams de pends on resolution 32Mbps per board ma

TransForm A Workstation for Windows user`s manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents